Return to Library Maintenance Manual

Return to Library
Maintenance Manual
for
MDS-A, MDS-B & MDS-C1
AC Servo Amplifier & Spindle Controller
(Mitsubishi BNP-B2046C)
Publication # CMDSMA1100E
3/2001
CAUTION
This Manual is published to assist experienced personnel on the operation, maintenance

and/or programming of Mazak machine tools.
All Mazak machine tools are engineered with a number of safety devices to protect
personnel and equipment from injury or damage. Operators should not, however, rely
solely upon these safety devices, but should operate the machine only after fully
understanding what special precautions to take by reading the following documentation
thoroughly.
Do not attempt to operate or perform maintenance / repair on the machine without a

thorough understanding of the actions about to be taken. If any question exists, contact
the nearest Mazak service center for assistance.
Certain covers, doors or safety guards may be open or removed to more clearly show
machine components. These items must be in place before operating the machine.
Failure to comply with this instruction may result in serious personal injury or damage to
the machine tool.
This manual was considered complete and accurate at the time of publication, however,
due to our desire to constantly improve the quality and specification of all Mazak
products, it is subject to change or modification.
Return to Library
Notes:
Return to Library
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
The machine is provided with a number of safety 6) Do not deface, scratch or remove any caution
devices to protect personnel and equipment from plate. Should it become illegible or missing,
injury and damage. Operators should not, order another caution plate from the supplier,
however, rely solely upon these safety devices, specifying the part number shown at the lower
but should operate the machine only after fully right corner of the plate.
understanding what special precautions to take by • BEFORE POWERING UP
reading the following documentation thoroughly.
DANGER:
• BASIC OPERATING PRACTICES
Cables, cords or electric wires whose insulation
DANGER: is damaged can produce current leaks and
1) Some control panels, transformers, motors, electric shocks. Before using, check their
junction boxes and other parts have high condition.
voltage terminals. These should not be touched WARNING:
or a severe electric shock may be sustained. 1) Be sure the instruction manual and the
2) Do not touch any switches with wet hands. programming manual are fully understood
This too, can produce an electric shock. before operating the machine. Every function
WARNING: and operating procedure should be completely
1) The emergency stop pushbutton switch clear.
location should be well known, so that it can be 2) Use approved oil resistant safety shoes, safety
operated at any time without having to look for goggles with side covers, safe clothes, and
it. other safety protection required.
2) Before replacing a fuse, turn off the main 3) Close all NC unit, operating panel, electric
incoming power switch to the machine. control panel doors and covers.
3) Provide sufficient working space to avoid CAUTION:
hazardous falls. 1) The power cable from the factory feeder switch
4) Water or oil can make floors slippery and to the machine main circuit breaker should
hazardous. All floors should be clean and dry have a sufficient sectional area to handle the
to prevent accidents electric power used.
5) Do not operated any switch without a thorough 2) Cables which must be laid on the floor must be
understanding of the actions about to be taken. protected from hot chips, by using rigid or
other approved conduit, so that short-circuits
6) Avoid accidental operation of switches.
will not occur.
7) Work benches near the machine must be
3) Before first time operation of the machine after
strong enough to hold materials placed on
unpacking it or from being idle for a long period
them to prevent accidents. Articles should be
of time (several days or more), each sliding
prevented from slipping off the bench surface.
part must be sufficiently lubricated. To do so,
8) If a job is to be done by two or more persons, push and release the pump button several
coordinating signals should be given at each times until the oil seeps out on the sliding
step of the operation. The next step should not parts. The pump button has a return spring, so
be taken unless a signal is given and do not force it to return.
acknowledged.
4) Oil reservoirs should be filled to indicated
CAUTION: levels. Check and add oil, if needed.
1) In the event of power failure, turn off the main 5) For lubrication points, oil specification and
circuit breaker immediately. appropriate levels, see the various instruction
2) Use the recommended hydraulic oils, lubricants plates.
and grease or acceptable equivalents. 6) Switches and levers should operate smoothly.
3) Replacement fuses should have the proper Check that they do.
current ratings. 7) When powering the machine on, turn on the
4) Protect the NC unit, operating panel, electric switches in the following order: first the factory
control panel, etc. from shocks, since this feeder switch, then the machine main circuit
could cause a failure or malfunction. breaker, and then the control power on switch
5) Do not change parameters or electrical located on the operating panel.
settings. If changes are unavoidable, record 8) Check the coolant level, and add coolant, if
the values prior to the change so that they can needed.
be returned to their original settings, if
necessary.
S-1
Return to Library
• AFTER CONTROL POWER IS TURNED ON

CAUTION:
When the control power “ON” switch on the 4) Tools and other items around the machine or
operating panel is on, the "READY" lamp on equipment should be stored to ensure good
the operating panel should also be on (check to footing and clear aisles.
see that it is). 5) Do not place tools or any other items on the
• ROUTINE INSPECTIONS headstock, turret, covers and similar places
WARNING: (For T/M).
When checking belt tensions, do not get your CAUTION:
fingers caught between the belt and pulley. 1) Tool lengths should be within specified
CAUTION: tolerances to prevent interference.
1) Check pressure gages for proper readings. 2) After installing a tool, make a trial run.
2) Check motors, gear boxes and other parts for • OPERATION
abnormal noises. WARNING:
3) Check the motor lubrication, and sliding parts 1) Do not work with long hair that can be caught
for evidence of proper lubrication. by the machine. Tie it back, out of the way.
4) Check safety covers and safety devices for 2) Do not operate switches with gloves on. This
proper operation. could cause mis-operation.
5) Check belt tensions. Replace any set of belts 3) Whenever a heavy workpiece must be moved,
that have become stretched with a fresh if there is any risk involved, two or more people
matching set. should work together.
• WARM UP 4) Only trained, qualified workers should operate
CAUTION: forklift trucks, cranes or similar equipment and
apply slings.
1) Warm up the machine, especially the spindle
and feed shaft, by running the machine for 10 5) Whenever operating a forklift truck, crane or
to 20 minutes at about one-half or one-third the similar equipment, special care should be taken
maximum speed in the automatic operation to prevent collisions and damage to the
mode. surroundings.
2) The automatic operation program should cause 6) Wire ropes or slings should be strong enough
each machine component to operate. At the to handle the loads to be lifted and should
same time, check their operations. conform to the mandatory provisions.
3) Be particularly careful to warm up the spindle 7) Grip workpieces securely.
which can turn above 4000 rpm. 8) Stop the machine before adjusting the coolant
If the machine is used for actual machining nozzle at the tip.
immediately after being started up following a 9) Never touch a turning workpiece in the spindle
long idle period, the sliding parts may be worn with bare hands, or in any other way.
due to the lack of oil. Also, thermal expansion 10) To remove a workpiece from the machine other
of the machine components can jeopardize than by a pallet changer, stop the tool and
machining accuracy. To prevent this condition, provide plenty of distance between the
always make sure that the machine is warmed workpiece and the tool (for M/C).
up.
11) While a workpiece or tool is turning, do not
• PREPARATIONS wipe it off or remove chips with a cloth or by
WARNING: hand. Always stop the machine first and then
1) Tooling should conform to the machine use a brush and a sweeper.
specifications, dimensions and types. 12) Do not operate the machine with the chuck and
2) Replace all seriously worn tools with new ones front safety covers removed (For T/M).
to prevent injuries. 13) Use a brush to remove chips from the tool tip,
3) The work area should be adequately lighted to do not use bare hands .
facilitate safety checks. 14) Stop the machine whenever installing or
removing a tool.
15) Whenever machining magnesium alloy parts,
wear a protective mask.
S-2
Return to Library
CAUTION:
CAUTION: 1) Thoroughly read and understand the safety
1) During automatic operation, never open the precautions in the instruction manual.
machine door. Machines equipped with the 2) Thoroughly read the whole maintenance
door interlock will set the program to single manual and fully understand the principles,
step. construction and precautions involved.
2) When performing heavy-duty machining, • MAINTENANCE OPERATION
carefully prevent chips from being accumulated DANGER:
since hot chips from certain materials can 1) Those not engaged in the maintenance work
cause a fire. should not operate the main circuit breaker or
• TO INTERRUPT MACHINING the control power "ON" switch on the
WARNING: operating panel. For this purpose, "Do not
When leaving the machine temporarily after Touch the Switch, Maintenance Operation in
completing a job, turn off the power switch on Progress!" or similar warning should be
the operation panel, and also the main circuit indicated on such switches and at any other
breaker. appropriate locations. Such indication should
be secured by a semi-permanent means in the
• COMPLETING A JOB reading direction.
CAUTION:
2) With the machine turned on, any maintenance
1) Always clean the machine or equipment. operation can be dangerous. In principle, the
Remove and dispose of chips and clean cover main circuit breaker should be turned off
windows, etc. throughout the maintenance operation.
2) Make sure the machine has stopped running, WARNING:
before cleaning. 1) The electrical maintenance should be done by
3) Return each machine component to its initial a qualified person or by others competent to do
condition. the job. Keep close contact with the
4) Check the wipers for breakage. Replace responsible person. Do not proceed alone.
broken wipers. 2) Overtravel limit and proximity switches and
5) Check the coolant, hydraulic oils and lubricants interlock mechanisms including functional parts
for contamination. Change them if they are should not be removed or modified.
seriously contaminated. 3) When working at a height, use steps or ladders
6) Check the coolant, hydraulic oil and lubricant which are maintained and controlled daily for
levels. Add if necessary. safety.
7) Clean the oil pan filter. 4) Fuses, cables, etc. made by qualified
manufacturers should be employed.
8) Before leaving the machine at the end of the
shift, turn off the power switch on the operating • BEFORE OPERATION & MAINTENANCE BEGINS
panel, machine main circuit breaker and factory WARNING:
feeder switch in that order. 1) Arrange things in order around the section to
• SAFETY DEVICES receive the maintenance, including working
1) Front cover, rear cover and coolant cover. environments. Wipe water and oil off parts and
provide safe working environments.
2) Chuck barrier, tail barrier and tool barrier (NC
software). 2) All parts and waste oils should be removed by
the operator and placed far enough away from
3) Stored stroke limit (NC software). the machine to be safe.
4) Emergency stop pushbutton switch. CAUTION:
• MAINTENANCE OPERATION PREPARATIONS 1) The maintenance person should check that the
1) Do not proceed to do any maintenance machine operates safely.
operation unless instructed to do so by the 2) Maintenance and inspection data should be
foreman. recorded and kept for reference.
2) Replacement parts, consumables (packing, oil
seals, O rings, bearing, oil and grease, etc.)
Should be arranged in advance.
3) Prepare preventive maintenance and record
maintenance programs.
000X717-KY 11/98
S-3
Return to Library
aaaaaaaaaa
aaaaa
! WARNING
ALWAYS TURN THE MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER TO THE “OFF” POSITION & USE AN APPROVED
LOCKOUT DEVICE WHEN COMPLETING MAINTENANCE OR REPAIRS.
THE LOCKOUT PROCEDURE THAT FOLLOWS IS INTENDED TO SAFEGUARD PERSONNEL &

EQUIPMENT DURING MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS, AND, REPRESENTS THE MINIMUM
REQUIREMENTS. ANY ACTION SHOULD BE PRECEDED BY A “HAZARD ANALYSIS” TO DETERMINE
ANY ADDITIONAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS THAT MAY BE NECESSARY TO ENSURE THE SAFETY OF
PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT.
NOTE: USE OF THE FOLLOWING LOCKOUT PROCEDURE IS MANDATORY WHEN COMPLETING

MAINTENANCE OR REPAIRS.
LOCKOUT PROCEDURE
1) THE LOCKOUT PROCESS MUST BE PERFORMED BY AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY.
2) INFORM ALL EFFECTED PERSONNEL OF YOUR INTENT TO LOCKOUT AND SERVICE THE
SPECIFIED MACHINE.
3) SHUT OFF MACHINE POWER USING NORMAL SHUT DOWN PROCEDURES.
4) TURN OFF THE MACHINE AND INDIVIDUAL BUILDING CIRCUIT BREAKERS. MAKE SURE ALL
STORED ELECTRICAL ENERGY IS RELIEVED. (EG: SPINDLE & AXIS SERVO CONTROLLERS)
5) CONNECT THE LOCKOUT DEVICE AS SHOWN IN FIGURE 1, AND ATTACH THE APPROPRIATE
TAG AT THE MACHINE CIRCUIT BREAKER. THE TAG MUST IDENTIFY THE PERSON
RESPONSIBLE FOR THE LOCKOUT. THIS WILL ENSURE THAT POWER CANNOT BE
RESTORED BY ANYONE ELSE.
6) TEST THE MACHINE TO VERIFY THAT MACHINE SYSTEMS DO NOT OPERATE IN ANY WAY.
ONCE TESTING IS COMPLETE, MAKE SURE ALL SWITCHES ARE IN THE “OFF” POSITION.
CONFIRM THAT THE LOCKOUT DEVICES REMAIN PROPERLY INSTALLED.
7) COMPLETE THE REQUIRED MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS.
8) MAKE SURE ALL PERSONNEL ARE CLEAR OF THE MACHINE.
9) REMOVE THE LOCKOUT DEVICE. MAKE SURE ALL PERSONNEL ARE AT A SAFE LOCATION
BEFORE RESTORING MACHINE POWER.
PADLOCK
FIGURE
S-4
Return to Library
INSTALLATION PRECAUTIONS
The following subjects outline the items that 6) In pouring grout, fasten the leveling block
directly affect the machine installation and start- base plates with the collar retaining screws
up. To ensure an efficient and timely installation, to prevent the base plates from dropping.
please follow these recommendations before When the grout has completely hardened,
calling to schedule a service engineer. level the machine properly, and tighten M24
nuts to secure the machine to the
foundation.
• ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
Note:
Avoid the following places for installing the
machine: The machine must be anchored to the
foundation with J-bolts, expansion bolts or
1) Avoid exposure to direct sunlight and/or near a other suitable method.
heat source, etc. Ambient temperature during
operation: 0° thru 45°C (32°F to 113°F). The machine accuracy and alignment
specifications quoted by Mazak can usually
2) Avoid areas where the humidity fluctuates be obtained when the minimum foundation
greatly and/or if high humidity is present; requirements are met. However, production
normally 75% and below in relative humidity. A of close tolerance parts requires the use of an
higher humidity deteriorates insulation and appropriate certified foundation. Foundations
might accelerate the deterioration of parts. that do not meet certified specifications may
3) Avoid areas that are especially dusty and/or require more frequent machine re-leveling and
where acid fumes, corrosive gases and salt are re-alignment, which can not be provided
present. under terms of warranty.
4) Avoid areas of high vibration. If any of these conditions cannot be met,
5) Avoid soft or weak ground (minimum load contact the nearest Mazak service office
bearing capacity of 1025 lbs./ft2) immediately.
• FOUNDATION REQUIREMENTS
For high machining accuracy, the foundation
must be firm and rigid. This is typically
accomplished by securely fastening the
machine to the foundation with anchor bolts. In
addition, the depth of concrete should be as
deep as possible (minimum 6 - 8 inches). Note
the following:
1) There can be no cracks in the foundation
concrete or surrounding area.
2) Vibration proofing material (such as asphalt)
should be put all around the concrete pad.
3) Form a “cone” in the foundation for J-bolt
anchors, or use expansion anchors.
4) With the foundation anchor bolt holes open
pour the primary concrete at a minimum
thickness of 6 - 8 inches. Typically, the
concrete must have a minimum compression
rating of 2500 lbs. @ 250 lbs. compression
and strengthened with reinforcing rods. When
the concrete has cured, rough level the
machine, and install the J-bolts, leveling blocks,
etc., and pour grout into foundation bolt holes.
5) Mix an anti-shrinkage agent such as Denka
CSA with concrete, or use Embeco grout to fill
the foundation bolt holes.
S-5
Return to Library
• WIRING
1) Use only electrical conductors with
performance ratings equivalent or superior.
2) Do not connect any power cables for devices
which can cause line noise to the power Desirable Independent Grounding:
distribution panel, such as arc welders and high
frequency machinery.
3) Arrange for a qualified electrician to connect NC Earth resistance:
the power lines. Machine Less than 100 ohms
4) Incoming supply voltage should not deviate
more than ±10% of specified supply voltage.
5) Source frequency should be±2 Hz of nominal Common Grounds:
frequency.
Resistance to ground
= 100 ÷ the number of
[ CAUTION ] devices connected to
the grounding (ohms)
VERIFY THE ACTUAL MACHINE ELECTRICAL
Note: Never ground equipment as shown below:
POWER REQUIREMENT AND THE MAIN
TRANSFORMER RATING (IF APPLICABLE), AS
WELL AS THE LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODE

BEFORE SIZING AND INSTALLING THE
INCOMING POWER WIRING.
PLEASE SEE THE ADDITIONAL CAUTIONS ON

THE FOLLOWING PAGE.
• GROUNDING
1) An isolated earth ground with a resistance to
ground of less than 100 ohms is required.
Typically, a 5/8” copper rod, 8 feet long, and
no more than 5 feet from the machine, is
sufficient. Building grounds or multiple
machines grounded to the same ground rod,
are not acceptable.
2) The wire size should be greater than AWG
(American Wire Gauge) No. 5 and SWG
(British Legal Standard Wire Gauge) No. 6.
000X713-KY 11/98
S-6
Return to Library
! CAUTION
A step-down transformer is optional on some machine models. Be certain to

verify the transformer Kva rating (where applicable), as well as local electrical
code requirements before sizing and installing the incoming power wiring.
Machines not equipped with a main transformer are wired for 230 VAC, 3 phase.
The end user must supply a step-down transformer where factory electrical
power varies more than ± 10% of the 230 VAC rating.
NOTE:
Step-down or voltage regulating transformers are external (peripheral) to the
machine tool and are considered the primary input line (source) for the machine.
Local electrical code or practice may require a circuit breaker or other switching
device for the isolation of electrical power when this type of transformer is used.
In such cases, the machine tool end user is required to supply the necessary
circuit breaker or switching device.
FAILURE TO COMPLY CAN RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY AND DAMAGE TO THE
MACHINE. IF ANY QUESTION EXISTS, CONTACT THE NEAREST MAZAK SERVICE
CENTER FOR ASSISTANCE.
S-7
Return to Library
WARNING
!
MAZATROL CNC CONTROLLERS PROVIDE PARAMETER SETTINGS TO LIMIT SPINDLE
RPM. THESE SETTINGS ARE BASED ON THE MAXIMUM SPEED SPECIFIED BY THE
CHUCK/ACTUATOR MANUFACTURER.
MAKE SURE TO SET THESE PARAMETERS ACCORDING TO CHUCK SPECIFICATION

WHEN INSTALLING A CHUCKING PACKAGE. ALSO, STAMP THE MAXIMUM SPINDLE
RPM ON THE CHUCK IDENTIFICATION PLATE LOCATED ON THE MACHINE TOOL
COVERS.
REFERENCE THE CNC PARAMETER MANUAL SUPPLIED WITH THE SPECIFIC MACHINE
TOOL TO IDENTIFY THE REQUIRED PARAMETERS TO CHANGE.
FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THESE INSTRUCTIONS COULD RESULT IN DAMAGE TO

THE MACHINE, SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.
IF ANY QUESTIONS EXIST, CONTACT THE NEAREST MAZAK SERVICE CENTER FOR
ASSISTANCE.
WARNING
!
MAZAK MACHINES ARE ENGINEERED WITH A NUMBER OF SAFETY DEVICES TO
PROTECT PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT FROM INJURY AND DAMAGE.
DO NOT REMOVE, DISCONNECT, BYPASS OR MODIFY ANY LIMIT SWITCH, INTERLOCK,

COVER, OR OTHER SAFETY FEATURE IN ANY WAY, EITHER MECHANICALLY OR
ELECTRICALLY.

ASSISTANCE.
S-8
Return to Library
WARNING
!
MAZAK MACHINES ARE ENGINEERED WITH A NUMBER OF SAFETY DEVICES TO
PROTECT PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT FROM INJURY AND DAMAGE.
MACHINE OPERATOR DOORS AND COVERS ARE DESIGNED TO WITHSTAND

ACCIDENTAL IMPACT OF A BROKEN INSERT WHERE A MAXIMUM WEIGHT INSERT AT
MAXIMUM TOOL DIAMETER IS RUNNING AT MAXIMUM SPINDLE RPM
NEVER USE A CUTTING TOOL OR TOOL INSERT THAT EXCEEDS MACHINE

SPECIFICATIONS OR THAT OF A SPECIFIC TOOL HOLDER ITSELF, WHICHEVER IS LESS.
THIS RESTRICTION APPLIES TO DIAMETER, WEIGHT, MAXIMUM SPINDLE RPM,
MAXIMUM CUTTING TOOL ROTATION SPEED, ETC.
FOR COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS, MAKE SURE TO REFERENCE OPERATION,

MAINTENANCE AND DETAIL SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTATION SUPPLIED WITH THE
MACHINE AND BY THE TOOLING MANUFACTURER.
NOTE: THE MAXIMUM INSERT WEIGHT FOR MAZAK MACHINES IS 20 gf. (0.04 lbs.).

ASSISTANCE.
S-9
Return to Library
WARNING
!
BEFORE STARTING OPERATION, CHECK THAT THE WORKPIECE IS SECURELY MOUNTED
IN A VISE OR A SUITABLE FIXTURE. BE CERTAIN THAT THE MOUNTING IS SUFFICIENT
TO WITHSTAND CUTTING FORCES DURING WORKPIECE MACHINING.

ASSISTANCE.
WARNING
!
CONFIRM PROPER WORKPIECE FIXTURING/CLAMPING, TOOL SETUP AND THAT THE
MACHINE DOOR IS SECURELY CLOSED BEFORE THE START OF MACHINING.
VERIFY ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS OUTLINED IN THIS MANUAL BEFORE USING THE
FOLLOWING CUTTING CONDITIONS:
- CUTTING CONDITIONS THAT ARE THE RESULT OF THE MAZATROL FUSION 640
AUTOMATIC CUTTING DETERMINATION FUNCTION
- CUTTING CONDITIONS SUGGESTED BY THE MACHINING NAVAGATION FUNCTION
- CUTTING CONDITIONS FOR TOOLS THAT ARE SUGGESTED TO BE USED BY THE

MACHINING NAVAGATION FUNCTION

ASSISTANCE.
S-10
Return to Library
CENGDB0551E
DOOR INTERLOCK SAFTY SPEC.
Determined by YMW Eng. H.Q. ‘99/9/1
Revised by YMC Prod. Eng. ’99.10.28
MACHINING CENTER
SET UP SWITCH
DOOR MODE
O (OFF) I (ON)
OPEN MANUAL Prohibit to move axis. Limit the rapid override. Max is 12%.
Prohibit to start spindle running. Prohibit to run chip spiral conveyor.
Prohibit to operate manual ATC. Can run spindle JOG.
Prohibit to operate manual Pallet Changer. Can run spindle Orient.
Prohibit to run chip spiral conveyor. Can operate manual ATC.
AUTO Prohibit cycle start. Prohibit cycle start.
Prohibit to run chip spiral conveyor. Prohibit to run chip spiral conveyor.
CLOSE MANUAL Door is always locked. Door lock can be released by pushing “DOOR UNLOCK SW” on operator panel.
I But, it can not release in operating ATC/Pallet changer/Axis/Spindle.
V Prohibit to move axis. Limit the rapid override. Max is 12%.
OPEN Prohibit to start spindle running. Chip spiral conveyor would stop.
Prohibit to operate manual ATC. Can run spindle JOG.
Prohibit to operate manual Pallet Changer. Can run spindle Orient.
Prohibit to run chip spiral conveyor. Can operate manual ATC.
AUTO Door is always locked. Door lock can be released by pushing “DOOR UNLOCK SW” on operator panel.
But, it can not release in auto operation running except single block stop or feed hold stop or M00 program
stop or M01 optional stop and spindle stop. If not, Alarm displayed “Door open invalid”.
If release the lock by note(*1), Alarm will occur Prohibit cycle start.
then stop the all motion. Chip spiral conveyor would stop.
Chip spiral conveyor would stop.
CLOSE MANUAL No Limitation. No Limitation.

AUTO No Limitation. Can not run auto operation.
TURNING CENTER
SET UP SWITCH
DOOR MODE O (OFF) I (ON)
Can operate CHUCK, TAILSLEEVE , Can operate CHUCK, TAILSLEEVE ,
STEADY REST for Loading workpiece. STEADY REST for Loading workpiece.
Can NOT operate Spindle, Axis, Turret, Can not operate Spindle running, but
MANUAL Coolant, ToolEye, Partscatcher, Can operate Spindle JOG and Spindle Orient.
Chip Conveyor. Limitation of speed for axis movement .
(Override is 10% max.)
OPEN
1 step index only for turret.
Can operate CHUCK, TAILSLEEVE , Can operate CHUCK, TAILSLEEVE ,
AUTO STEADY REST for Loading workpiece. STEADY REST for Loading workpiece.
Can not run Auto-operation. Can not run Auto-operation.
CLOSE MANUAL Can not open the front door in Spindle running, Axis moving, Auto-running( Cycle start, Feed hold ) due to
-> & Mechanical locking system. (Except Single Block Stop or M00 program stop or M01 optional stop)
OPEN AUTO But, if release the lock by note(*1), Alarm will occur then stop the all motion.
MANUAL No Limitation. No Limitation.
CLOSE AUTO No Limitation. Can not run Auto-operation.
*1 : Door lock mechanism can not be released in machine stop by NC power OFF.
If it is necessary to release the lock such as emergencies, the lock can be released by operating the
supplementary lock release mechanism of the main body of the safety door lock switch.
*2 : Override Limitation of Rapid speed of AXIS
Machining Center : 12%. Turning Center : 10%.
*3 : Chip Conveyor and Coolant should stop in the door open.
PED-EDS-001 S-11
Return to Library
CENGDB0551E
APPENDIX
SWITCH PANEL for M640M (Machining Center)
DOOR UNLOCK
MACHINE SET UP
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH PANEL for M640MT/T (Turning Center)
PED-EDS-001 S-12
Return to Library
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
MACHINE DOCUMENTATION
CUSTOMER EVALUATION The Other Thoroughbred From Kentucky
Your opinion is important to enable us to issue documentation that will fit your needs.
Thank you for taking the time to supply this information.
Date:
Machine Type: Machine Serial#: NC Type:
Customer: Reported By:
Address: Position:
Telephone#:
Manual Publication #: Excellent Good Adequate Fair Poor
How well is the documentation suited to your needs?
Were you able to find the necessary information easily?
How well are the manuals organized?
How easy are the manuals to understand?
Are the illustrations helpful?
Overall, how do you rate the documentation?
What did you like about the documentation? How can it be improved?
RETURN TO: MAZAK Corporation

Technical Publication Dept.
8025 Production Drive
Florence, Kentucky 41042
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
aaa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
aa
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
SF-202Xa
Return to Library
Notes:
Introduction
Thank you for purchasing the Mitsubishi numericcontrol unit.

This manual describes the handling and caution points for using AC thisservo.
Incorrect handling may lead tounforeseen accidents, so always read this instructionmanual
thoroughly to ensure correctusage.
Make sure that this instruction manual is delivered to the end user. Keep this manual in a safe
place for future reference.
Precautions for safety

Please read this manual andauxiliary documents before starting installation,
operation,
maintenance or inspection to ensurecorrect usage. Thoroughly understand the device, safety
information andprecautions before startingoperation.
The safety precautions in this instruction manual areranked as "WARNING" and "CAUTION".
F l When a dangeroussituation may occur if handling is mistaken

leadingtofatal or major injuries.
When a dangerous situation may occur if handling is mistaken

leading to mediumor minor injuries, or physical damage.
Note thatsome items described as 1- may lead to major results depending on

the situation. In any case, important information that must be observedis described.
The numeric control unit is configuredof the control unit, operation board,servo amplifier,
spindle amplifier, powersupply + servo drive or spindle drive, servomotor, and spindle motor,
etc.
In this manual, the following items are generically called the "servomotor".
Servomotor
Spindle motor
In this manual, the following items are generically called the"servo amplifier".
Servo amplifier
Spindle amplifier
Power supply + servo drive or spindle drive
Changes in terminal names

The terminal names have been changed in two stages as shown below.
Following April 96
Prior to March 95 April 95 to March 96 (MDS-B Series)
R R/L1 Ll
S s / L2 L2
E T T / L3 L3
2
- L+
m P L+ 1 P
.-c N L-/ N L-
t-
E Ro
so
L11 / Ro
L21 / s o
L11
I L2 1
I
M6478-ES
For Safe Use
1. Electric shock prevention
/1\ WARNING
Do not open the front cover whole the power
is ON or during operation. Failure to observe this
A could lead to electric shocks.
Do not operate the unit with the front cover removed. The high voltage terminals and charged
A sections willbe exposed, and can cause electric shocks.
Do not remove the front cover even when the power is OFF unless carrying out wiring work or
A of the servo amplifier is charged, and can cause electric
periodic inspections. The inside
shocks.
Wait at leastI O minutes after turning the power

OFF before starting wiring or inspections.
A Failure to observe this could lead to electric shocks.
with Class 3 grounding or higher.

A Ground the servo amplifier and servomotor
A Wiring and inspecbon

work must be done by a qualified technician.
Wire the servo amplifier and servomotor after installation. Failure to observe this could lead to
A electric shocks.
A Do not touch the switches this could lead to electric shocks.

with wet hands. Failure to observe
Do not damage, apply forcible stress, place heavy items or engage the cable. to
Failure
observe
A this could lead to electric shocks.
2. Fire prevention
I A CAUTION
Install the servo amplifier, servomotor and regenerative resistor on noncombustible material.
A Direct installation on combustible material or near combustible materials could lead
to fires.
Shut off the power onthe servo amplifier sideif a fault occurs in the servo amplifier. Fires could
A be caused if a large current continues to flow.
Shut off the power with an error signal when using the regenerative resistor. The regenerative
A resistor could abnormally overheat and cause a fire due to a fault in the regenerative transistor,
etc.
.
I Outline ................................................................................................................... I-?
1.1 Features ............................................................................................................. I-1
1.2 System configuration .......................................................................................... 1-3
.
2 System Start Up ......................................................................................................... 1-7
.
3 Addition and Replacement Methods of Units and Parts........................................ 1-9
3.1 Unit replacement ................................................................................................ 1-9
3.2 Servomotor encoder ............................................................................................ 1-12
3.2.1 OHUOHA typeencoder ............................................................................. 1-12
3.2.2 OSWOSA type encoder ............................................................................. I-?4
3.3 Battery unit ......................................................................................................... 1-17
3.4 Unit fan ............................................................................................................... 1-18
.
4 Daily Maintenance ...................................................................................................... 1-20
4.1 Tools formaintenance ........................................................................................ 1-20
4.2 Periodic inspection .............................................................................................. 1-20
.
5 Maintenance Parts ..................................................................................................... 1-22
. .................................................................................................................
6 Noise Filter 1-25
I1.MDS-A-CV MDS-B-CV MDS-A-CR Power Supply Section *
.
I Troubleshooting ......................................................................................................... 11-1
1.1 Status display ..................................................................................................... 11-1
1.2 Troubleshooting per power supply alarm ........................................................... 11-4
1.3 Power supply warnings ....................................................................................... 11-17
I11.MDS-A-Vx MDS-B-Vx Servo System Section
.
1 MDS-CI-VlN2 Servo Drive Unit................................................................................ 111-1
1.1 Points changed from B Series ............................................................................. 111-1
1.1.1 Compatible detectors and compatible motors ............................................ 111-1
1.1.2 2-system compliance (standard amplifier (MDS-B-VlN2) mode and
high-gain amplifier (MDS-9-Vl4N24) mode)............................................. 111-2
.
2 Adjustment Procedure .............................................................................................. 111-3
2.1 Initial adjustment ................................................................................................. 111-3
2.1.1Confirmation of parameters ....................................................................... 111-3
2.1 -2 Adjustment of optimum acceleration/deceleration time constant .............. 1114
2.1.3 Adjustment of speed gain .......................................................................... 111-6
2.1.4 Zeropointreturn ........................................................................................ 111-8
2.1.5 Adjustment of absolute position detection ................................................. 111-9
2.2 Adjustmentdetails .............................................................................................. 111-11
2.2.1 Vibration or vibration sounds occur ........................................................... 111-11
2.2.2 The cutting surface precision is poor. The roundness is poor ................ 111-1 2
2.2.3 Overshooting occurs during positioning . A limit cycle occurs................. 111-13
2.2.4 Accumulated feed occurs with pulse feed ................................................. 111-14
2.3 Adjustment of special functions .......................................................................... 111-1 5
2.3.1 High precisioncontrol mode ...................................................................... 111-1 5
.
3 Troubleshooting (MDS-A/B Series) .......................................................................... 111-1 7
3.1 Status display ..................................................................................................... 111-17
3.2 Troubleshooting per servo alarm ........................................................................ 111-23
3.3 Precautions.......................................................................................................... 111-52
4.Troubleshooting (MDS-CI Series)
............................................................................ 111-53
4.1 Servo warnings and servo alarms ....................................................................... 111-53
.
5 Appendix ................................................................................................................... 111-84
5.1 Changing from closed loop to semi-closed loop ................................................. 111-84
5.2 Servo system configuration table ....................................................................... 111-86
I
IV. MDS-A-SP MDS-B-SP Spindle System Section
I.Adjustment Procedure .............................................................................................. iv-1
1.1Trialoperation ..................................................................................................... Iv-1
1-2 Adjustment of orientation .................................................................................... rv-2
1.2.1
Operation .................................................................................................. 1v-2
1-2.2 Operation sequence .................................................................................. 1v-3
1.2.3 Encoderorientationstop positions ............................................................ 1v4
1.2.4 Parameter block diagram for orientation ................................................... 1v4
1-2.5 Preparation for adjustment of motor built-in encoder orientation .............. 1v-5
1-2.6 Preparation for adjustment of encoder orientation .................................... 1v-6
1.2.7 Preparation for adjustment of magsensor orientation ............................... 1v-8
1-2.8Adjustment of orientation .......................................................................... I
V 0I
-
1-2.9 Adjustment of sew0 rigidity ....................................................................... 1v-11
1-2.10 "Delay/advance control" and "PI control" application ................................ 1v-11
1.2.11 Troubleshooting during orient error ........................................................... IV -
2I
1.3 Synchronous tap adjustment .............................................................................. 1v-15
1-3.1 Synchronous tap operation adjustment ..................................................... IV -
5I
1.3.2 Troubleshooting for synchronous tap error ............................................... 1v-18
2.Troubleshooting ......................................................................................................... N-19
2.1 Introduction ......................................................................................................... Iv-
9I
2.2 First step of troubleshooting ............................................................................... Iv-
9I
2.3 Second step of troubleshooting .......................................................................... rv-21
2.4 Alarm and warning table .............................................................................. :...... 1v-23
2.5 Approach per phenomenon ................................................................................ 1v-24
2.5.1 When alarm or warning is displayed on the 7-segment display ................ 1v-24
2.5.2 When alarm or warning is not displayed on 7-segment unit ..................... 1v-38
2.6 Periodic inspection .............................................................................................. 1v-43
2.6.1 Inspection of controlunit ........................................................................... 1v-43
2.6.2 Inspection of motor .................................................................................... 1v-44
3. Disassembly and Assemblyof Motor ............................................. ......................... 1v45
3.1 Disassembly and assembly of SJ type AC spindle motor ................................... N-45
3.2 Disassembly and assembly of SJ-N type AC spindle motor ............................... 1v-53
4. Installation of Orientation Position Detector ......................................... ................. 1v-62
4 .I Magnesensor 1-point orientation ........................................................................ 1v-62
4.1.1Magnetand sensor ................................................................................... 1v-62
4.1.2 Orientation of magnet and sensor head .................................................... 1v-63
4.1.3 Caution on installation of magnet .............................................................. 1v-67
4.1.4 Caution on installation of sensor head ...................................................... 1v-67
4.1.5 Types and outside dimensions of magnesensor........................................ 1v-69
4.2 Encoder orientation (4096 points) ...................................................................... 1v-71
4.2.1
Configuration ............................................................................................. 1v-71
4.2.2Outside dimensions ................................................................................... 1v-72
5. Contour Control (C-axis Control) Encoder .............................................................. 1v-73
5.1Separate stand-type encoder ............................................................................. 1v-73
5.1.1 Name: OSE9OK + 1024 BKO-NC6336HOl ............................................ 1v-73
5.1 -2 Outside dimensions ................................................................................... 1v-73
5.1.3 Connectors ................................................................................................ 1v-73
5.1.4 Mechanical specifications .......................................................................... 1v-74
5.1.5 Handling, installation and operation of encoder ........................................ 1v-75
5.2 Built-in encoder ................................................................................................... 1v-76
5.2.1 Model : MBE-9OK ...................................................................................... 1v-76
5.2.2 Model : MHE-9OK ...................................................................................... 1v-76
6.Appendix ................................................................................................................... 1v-77
6.1Parameter list ..................................................................................................... 1v-77
ii
3. Injury prevention
A CAUTION
Do not apply a voltage other than that
specified in Instruction Manualon each terminal. Failure to
or damage, etc.
observe this item could lead to ruptures
Do not mistake the terminal connections. Failure to observe this item could lead to ruptures
or
A damage,
etc.
(0,0).Failure to observe this item could lead to ruptures

Do not mistake the polarity or
A damage,
etc.
Do not touch the servo amplifier fins, regenerative resistor
or servomotor, etc., while the power is
A turned ON or immediately after turning the power OFF. Some parts are heated to high
temperatures, and touching these could lead to bums.
4. Various precuations
Observe the following precautions. Incorrect handling of the unit could lead to injuries and electric
faults,
shocks, etc.
(1) Transportation and installation
/1\ CAUTION
A correctly transport the product according its
toweight.
Use the servomotor's suspension bolts only when transporting the servomotor.
Do not
it is installed on the machine.
transport the servomotor when
Do not stack the products above the tolerable number.
Do not hold the cables, axis

or detector when transporting the servomotor.
Do not holdthe connected power supplyor cables when transporting the servomotor.
Do not hold the front cover when transporting the servo

amplifier. The unit could drop.
Follow this Instruction Manual and install the unit in a place where the weight can be borne.
Do not get on top

of or place heavy objects on the unit.
Always observe the installation directions.
Secure the specified distance betweenthe sew0 amplifier and control panel, or between the
servo amplifier and other devices.
Do not installor run a servo amplifieror servomotor that is damaged or missing parts.
Do not block the intake

or exhaust portsof the servomotor provided with
a cooling fan.
Do not let conductiveobjects such as screwsor metal chips, etc., or combustible materials such
as oil enter the servo amplifier
or servomotor.
The servo amplifier and servomotor are precision devices,

so do not drop themor apply strong
impacts to them.
Ill
A CAUTION
A Store and use the units under the following environment conditions.
Conditions
Environment
Servo amplifier Servomotor
0°C to+55"C 0°C to +40"C
Ambient temperature
(with no freezing) (with no freezing)
Ambienthumidity I TO followseparatespecifications
I (with
no
dew
8O%RH or less
condensation)
Storage temperature To follow separate specifications -15°C to +70°C
Storage humidity 90% RH or less

To follow separate specifications
(with no dew condensation)
Indoors (Where unit is not subject to direct sunlight)
Atmosphere
With no corrosive gas, combustible gas. oil mist or dust
Altitude 1OOOm or less above sea level
Vibration ' To follow separate specifications
A Securely fix the servomotor to the machine. Insufficient fixing could lead to the servomotor
slipping off during operation.
A Always install the servomotor with reduction gears

so could lead to oil leaks.
in the designated direction. Failure to do
A Never touch the rotary sections of the servomotor during operations. Install a cover, etc.,
on the shaft.
When coupling to a servomotor shaft end, do not apply an impact

by hammering, etc. The
A detector could be damaged.
A Do not apply a load exceeding the tolerable load onto the servomotor shaft. The shaft could
break.
a When storing fora long time, please contact the Service Center
or Service Station.
IV
(2) Wiring
A CAUTION
Correctly and securely perform the wiring. Failure tosodo
could lead to runawayof the
A servomotor.
Do not install a condensing capacitor, surge absorber
or radio noise filter on the output side
of
A the servo amplifier.
Correctly connect the output side (terminals
U, V, W). Failure to doso could lead to abnormal
A operation of the servomotor.
Do not directly connect a commercial power supply to the servomotor. Doing so could lead to
A faults.
A When using an inductive load such as a relay, always connect a diode as a noise measure
parallel to that load.
When using a capacitance load such as a lamp,
ahways connect a protective resistor as
a noise
A measure serial to that load.
When connecting a DC relay for the control output Servo amplifier
A signals such asthe brake signalor contactor, do

not mistake the polarity of the diode. Failure to
VIN
(24VDC)
Control output
observe this could cause the signals notbeto
output due to a fault
or the protective circuit to fail.
2 Do not connect/disconnect the cables connected between the units while theispower
Securely tighten the cable connector fixing screw
cause the cable tof a l l off while the power is
When use of a shielded cable
ON.
ON.
or fixing mechanism. An insecure fixing could
is instructed in the connection diagrams, always ground the cable

A with a cable clamp, etc.
A Always separate the signals wires from the drive wire and power line.
Use wires and cables that have a wire diameter, heat resistance and flexibility that conforms to
A the system.
so that the battery unit is not mistakenly wired.
Check the cables sufficiently before wiring
A The battery in the battery unit could short circuit and be charged due to incorrect wiring, and
could lead to battery ignition, heating, rupture
or generation of toxicgas.
(3)Trial operation and adjustment
I CAUTION I
Check and adjust each program and parameter before starting operation. Failure todo so could
A
A
lead to unforeseen operation of the machine.
Do not make remarkable adjustments and changes as the operation could become unstable.
V
(4) Usage methods
CAUTION
a so that the operation can be stopped and power shut

Install an external emergency stop circuit
off immediately.
A odors are generated from the

Turn the powerOFF immediately if smoke, abnormal noise or
spindle motor or spindle amplifier.
0 Unqualified persons must not disassemble or repair the unit.
A Never make modifications.

Reduce magnetic damage by installing a noise filter. The electronic devices used near the sew0
A amplifier couldbe affected by magnetic noise.
A Use the spindle motor, spindle amplifier and regenerative resistor with the designated
or trouble.
so could lead to fires
combination. Failure to do
8 The brakes (magnetic brakes) assembled into the servomotor are for holding, and must
used for normal braking.
be not
A There may be cases when holding is not possible due to the magnetic brake's or the
life machine
construction (when ball screw and servomotor are coupled via a timing belt, etc.). Install a stop
device to ensure safety on the machine side.
A After changing the parameters or after maintenance and inspecbon, atways test the operation
before starting actual operation.
A Do not enter the movable range of the machine during automatic operation. Never place body
parts near or touch the spindle during rotation.
A Follow the power supply specification conditions given in the separate specifications manual for
the power (input voltage, input frequency, tolerable power failure time, etc.).
(5) Troubleshooting
/1\ CAUTION
If a hazardous situation is predicted during power failure or product trouble,ause
servomotor
A with magnetic brakes or install an external brake mechanism.
Use a double circuit configuration
A Shut off with NC brakecontrol PLC output.
signal. Servomotor t
I RA1 EHG
Always turn the input power OFF when an alarm occurs.

A Never go near the machine after restoring the power after a failure, as the machine could start
A suddenly. (Design the machineso that personal safety can be ensured even if the machine
starts suddenly.)
VI
(6) Maintenance, inspection and part replacement
A CAUTION
Always backup the servo amplifier programs and parameters before starting maintenance
or
inspections.
The capacityof the electrolytic capacitor will drop due to deterioration.

To prevent secondary
damage dueto failures, replacing this part every five years when used under a normal
environment is recommended. Contact the Service Center or Service Stationfor replacemet.
Do not perform a megger test (insulation resistance measurement) during inspections.
If the batterylow warning is issued, save the machining programs, tool data and parameters
with an input/output unit, and then replace the battery.
Do not short circuit Do not deform, heator

or charge the battery unit connector terminals.
or disassemble the internal battery.
incinerator the battery unit
to heating, ruptureor generation of toxic gases.
Failure to observe this could leadfires,
or
When storing the battery unit, avoid places subject to direct sunlight, high temperatures
high humidities. Failure to observe this could lead to leaking
or rupture of the internal battery.
A
1 CAUTION
A Treat this unit as general industrial waste.

If the heat radiating fins are protrudingfrom the rear of theMDS Series, substitute Freon is
used. Donot disposeof this typeof unit as general industrial waste. Always contact the
Service Stationor Service Centerfor disposal.
/c\ Do not disassemble the spindle motor or spindle amplifier.
A Plug thegaps on the battery unit with non-conductive material such as cellophane tape before
disposing.
Disposal in the original state allow other metal chips entering the internal battery, and lead to
ruptures or fires.
A Dispose of the battery according to local laws.
(8) General precautions
The drawings givenin this Specifications and Maintenance Instruction Manual show the covers and safety
partitions, etc., removedto provide a clearer explanation. Always return the covers
or partitions to their
respective places before starting operation, and always follow the instructions given
thisIn
manual.
VI I
. ..-
I. MDS-A Series
MDS-B Series
Servo/Spindle System Configuration Section
I
1. Outline
I Outline
The MDS-A Series is a drive system that corresponds to the MELDAS M500 Series NCthat has been
developed to totally connected the servo drive and spindle drive sections. The MDS-B Series is the
successor to the MDS-A Series, and has been developed to satisfy European Safety Standards. This
Series has the following features.
The MDS-C1 Series is a drive system compatible with the NC system. This high-performance, compact
series is compatible with the MDS-B Series (some changes have been made).
1.I Features
Compact and lightweight
The converters that were conventionally built in each servo and spindle drive have been integrated
into one unit. The drive system volume, installation area and weight have been drastically reduced
with the incorporationof high density mounted electronic parts IGBT-IPM (Intelligent Power Module)
and the high performance heat radiating fin.
Standardization of dimensions
The outline has been standardized *to the book end type, and by unifying the height and depth
dimensions, installation in cabinets has been made easy. Furthermore, by matching the shape with
the NC unit, an integrated appearance with the NC has been realized.
Low heat generation

By incorporating the IPM and using power supply regeneration in the servo drive, the of
amount
heat
generated has been greatly reduced.
High speed and precision processing

A high speed CPU has been mounted on the control PCB, and a pulse/rotation sub micron
100,000
detector has been incorporated as a standard to allow faster and more precise interpolation.
By incorporatingthestablepositionloopcontrol (SHG control)method,havinganoutstanding
response, the positioning time and tracking have been improved and the machine vibration during
acceleration/deceleration has been reduced.
The cutting performance and cutting precision during position control have been improved by using
the high speed CPU also for the spindle drive.
High speed spindle orientation

Smooth operations and minimum orientation times have been realized by using the high speed
orientation method while allows direct orientation from the high speed during the spindle drive.
Features of the MDS-B Series

(a) European Safety Standards compliant
Approval from a thirdpartyapprovalagency (TUV) hasbeenacquiredinrespecttothe
European Safety Standards (LVD Directives).
(Note that theB Series target models are limited to the
CV (power regenerative power supply),
SP (spindle drive) andV l N 2 (1/2-axis servo drive.)
Addition of power supply emergency stop input line

With theB Series, the external contactor can be directly shut
off from the power supply even when
the emergency stop hot line from the NC does not function for any reason.
(This function is validated with the rotary switch and connected drive parameter settings. Thus, the
functions doe not change from the conventional functions when used in the same manner as the A
Series.)
1-1
1. Outline
(8) Features of the MDS-C1 Series

1) Highperformance
High-performance sew0 control, equivalent to the high gain amplifier
(B-Vl4N24) is mounted.
2) Compact
The fin outline has been downsized by incorporating high-efficiency fins and a loss
low compact
IPM, and a thin type drive unitis realized.
3) Reliability
Heat generation has been reduced loss IPM, and the strength of the inner
by incorporating a low
support structure has been increased by integrating the terminal block with the wiring condu
This has improved the reliability compared to the conventional B Series.
Outline dimensions, installation dimensions, terminal connections

Compatible with the current B Series.
* Some changes have been made to the PE terminal position and control terminal position (in
some capacities).
Control function (servo)
Thesystemautomaticallyjudgeswhetherthestandardamplifier (B-VlN2) or highgain
amplifier (B-V14/V24) is mounted. The parameters are compatible. Refer to the following
pages for details.
* Note that there are some restrictions to the motor end encoder.to the Refer
following pages
for details.
* The system is shipped from the factory with the high-gain specifications. Refer to the
following pages for details.
Control function (spindle)
The control functions and parameters are both compatible.
* This series canbe used without problem together with the B Series in the same machine.
1. Outline
I.2 System configuration
A WARNING
I
b
Always ground the spindle driver and spindle motor with Class
3 or higher grounding.
I
/1\ CAUTION
1. Correctly connect the power phases(U, VI W) of the spindle amplifier and spindle motor.
Failure to doso could cause the spindle motor to malfunction.
2. Do not apply a voltage other than that specified to each terminal. Failure to observe this could
lead to rupturesor trouble.
The system is composed of the following units:

(1) Power supply unit --- This unit converts the 3-phase AC power supply intoDC a power supply for
inverter drive, and regenerates the energy into power or resistance when
decelerating the motor.
(2) Spindle drive unit- -- This is the inverter unit for spindle motor drive.
(3) Servo drive unit - - -
0 This is the inverter unit for servomotor drive.
(4) B a t t e r y u n i t = = - - - - - This unit is used to save the datain the absolute position detection system.
I Drive section wiring system drawing
/I\ CAUTION
1. Shut off the power on the spindle amplifier side if a fault occurs in the spindle amplifier. Fires
could be caused if a large current continues toflow.
2. Shut off the power with afault signal. The regenerative resistor could abnormally overheat and
cause a fire due toa fault in the regenerative transistor, etc.
1 3. Configure the magnetic brake operation circuit as a double circuit
so that tit will function with
the emergency stop switch even when the power supply is OFF, and alarm has occurred or
i
1
whentheservoONsignal is OFF.
Wire the power and main circuit as shown on the next page. Always use a no-fuse breaker
for (NF)
the power input wire.
1-3
. .. .
.
I
.- .
I.Outline
Observe the following pointsfor the MDS-C1-V1N2 servo drive unit.
A CAUTION
<Control mode changeover>
(1) The 2-system compatible software is compatible from Version A1(BND-582WOOO-Al).
Version A0 is not compatible with the standard amplifier mode.
It is compatible only with the
high-gain amplifier mode.
(2) Whether to start the servo amplifier in the standard amplifier compatible mode or the high-
gain amplifier compatible mode is judged by the servo parameters SVOO9 to SV012 and
SV033 setting values setin the machine.
(3) When the control mode has been changed to the high-gain amplifier (MDS-B-VI4N24) mode
afterremountingfromthestandardamplifier(MDS-B-VlN2),theparametersmustbe
changed for the high-gain amplifier and the servo parameters must be adjusted.
Refer to the section"111. Servo System, section 1.1.2 2-system compliance" for
details.
' A CAUTION
<Servo alarm "7F">
The actual mode is changed between the standard amplifier mode and high-gain amplifier
mode when the 200V power is turnedON. Thus, if the above servo parameters are changed,
the alarm"7F" will occur, and the restarting of the power will be requested.
Alarm "7F" is a status flag that occurs when the amplifier mode state changes. It does not
indicate an amplifier fault like the other alarms. (Alarm "7F" is not counted as a fault.)
The system is shipped from the factory with the high-gain amplifier mode. Thus, the amplifier
state after the machine is installed will be as follows.
Standard amplifier parameters + First time200V power is turnedON.
Alarm "7F"
+Second and subsequent time 200V power is turned ON.
Normal connection
High-gain amplifier parameters+First and subsequent time 200V poweris turnedON.
Normal connection
When using the standard amplifier mode (using the standard amplifier parameters), the 20OV
power must be turned ON again after the machine is installed. "7F" will appear in the alarm
history, but as"7F"does not indicate an amplifier fault, clear the alarm history and erase the
"7F"record.
If alarm "7F" is detected even afterthe 200V power is turnedON again, an error willbe
detected in the internal memory circuit (EEPROM). The amplifier mustbe replaced in this
case.
Refer to the section "III. Servo System, section I.I
.2 2-system compliance" for details.
1-4
1. Outline
<MDS-AIB series>
Standard connection
B-V2 B-v1 6-SP 6-CV

NC control A-V1 BV2 A-SP A-CV
unit A-BT
(1st axis servo drive)(2nd axis servodrive)(Spindledrive)
-lz
60Hz
* Please readthe"MDS-A Series Specifications BNP-B3759" togetherwiththis manual when

servicing the MDS system.
For V1 and SP For V2 For CV
Note 1. Starting from production in April 1995, a Prior to April 95 to Following April 96
grounding bar is enclosed with each unit March 95 March 96
when shipped. Connect the grounding (MDS-B Series)
wire as shown above, and make sure that R L1 I R L1
the grounding wiresare not tightened al
1 S I L2 I s I L2 I
together. Ec T L3 I T L3
Note 2. Always install a surge killer on both ends P L+ I P L+
of the contactor coils. N L- I N L-
Note 3. The terminal block names have been t Ro
al L11 I R o L11
changed in two stages as shown in the I-
table. so L21 I so L21
G GIC3 e
1-5
I.Outline
<MDS-Cl series>
Standard connection
NC control c 1-vl c 1-v2 ClSP Cl-CV A-BT

unit (1st axis servo drive) (2nd axis servo drive) (Spindle drive) (Powersupply) (Battery unit)
30
POOVAC =Hz
200-23OVAC 6OHz
Please read the "MDS SeriesSpecifications BNP-C3000" together with this manual when
servicing the MDS system.
For V1 and SP For V2 For CV
I Prior to I April 95 to I Following April 96 1

Note 1. Starting from production in April 1995, a
grounding coveris enclosed with each
unit when shipped. Connect the
grounding wire as shown above, and
make sure that the grounding wires are
not tightened together.
Note 2. Always install a surge killeron both ends
of the contactor coils.
Note 3. The terminal block names have been
changed intwo stages as shown in the
table.
2. System Start Up
2. System Start Up
/1\ WARNING
1. Do not touch the switches with wet hands. Failure to observe this could lead to electric shocks.
2. Do not operate the unit with the front cover removed. The high voltage terminals and charged
sections will be exposed, and can cause electric shocks.
3. Do not open the front cover whole the power
ONisor during operation. Failure to observe this
could lead to electric shocks.
A CAUTION
1. Always check the parameters before starting. Depending on the machine, unforeseen
operation could take place.
2. Do not touch the servo amplifier fins, regenerative resistor or servomotor,
, while
etc.
the power
is turned ON or immediately after turning the power
OFF. Some parts are heated to high
temperatures, and touching these could lead to burns.
. The procedure for starting up the entire system is explained in this chapter.
Refer tothe section for each unit for the individual adjustment procedures.
(1) Connect the units according to the connection drawing. (Refer to 1.2 System configuration wiring
system drawing. Refer to the specifications for details.) Observe the cautions in the specifications
when installing each unit, motor and detector.
(2) Set the rotary switches on each unit. (Refer to the settings below. Refer to the specifications for
details.)
(3) Confirm the wiring and input voltage, etc., and turnON the power while the NC emergency stop is
applied. Confirm that theLED displays on each unit are normal. (Refer to following page.)
(4) Confirm that the servo and spindle parameters are set as specified on the NC screen. (Refer to the
specifications for the parameter definitions and setting methods.)
( 5 ) Release the NC emergency stop and confirm that the movement is normal.
(6) Make adjustments according to each unit section.
* If any instabilrty such as runaway of the sew0 axis is sensed with the first machine, lower the
parameter SV013ILMTI value. The limiterwill be applied on the torque and the damage to the
machine canbe reduced.
* Rotaryswitchsettings
1)Powerregenerative type power supply unit [ Setting 0 : Contactor used
I: Contactor notused
2) Resistanceregenerativetypepowersupply unitSetting 0
I
3) Sewokpindle unit Setting 0 : 1staxis
1 : 2nd axis
1
6 : No. 7 axis
1-7
-
2. System Start Up
Status display
MDS-A-VI (V2)
MDS-B-V1 (V2) MDS-B-SP
MDS-Cl-VI
-CV
MDS-C1
(V2) MDS-CI-SP
Servo drive unit
30 200/23OVAC ON 30 200/23OVAC ON 30 200/23OVACON
In initialization
NC pbwer ON
I
rwer ON
I
NC power ON
I Alarm is
displayed
when alarm
occurs
Initial data
communication
with NC
iInitial data
communication
with NC
BS OFF I
I
I Emergency
st0 'P Alarm is
EmergenIcy stop
I
T]
Alarm code ReadyON Reaby ON
is displayed displayed
whenalarm 1 when alarm
RDY ON
SV OFF
occurs
RDY ON
SV OFF
Wl
I I
pp SV ONON
Normal operation
NC power OFF
NO^& operation
NC power OFF
v
Normal operation
NC p-r
I OFF
BS ON
RDY ON
or emergency
stop
+
I NC p&er ON
-L
NC po&r ON
The right segment indicatesthe axis No.

(The No. 1 axis is indicatedin this example.)
3. Addition and Replacement Methodsof Units and Parts
3. Addition and Replacement Methods of Units and Parts
/i\ CAUTION
1. Correctly transport the product according to its weight. Doingso could lead to injuries.
2. Do not stack the products above the tolerable number.
3. Install the unit on non-combustible materials. Installation directly on combustible matters or
near combustible objects could lead to fires.
4. Follow this Instruction Manual and install the unit in a place where the weight can be borne.
5. Do not get on top of or place heavy objects on the unit. Doingso could lead to injuries.
6 . Use within the designated environmental condition range.
7. Do not let conductive objects such as screwsor metal chips, etc.,or combustible materials
such as oil enter the servo amplifier
or servomotor.
8. Do not block the intakeor exhaust ports of the servomotor provided with a cooling fan. Doing
so could lead to trouble.
9. The servo amplifier and servomotor are precision devices, so do not drop them or apply strong
impacts to them.
10. Do not installor run a servo amplifier
or servomotor that is damaged or missing parts.
11. When storing for a long time, please contact the Service Center or Service Station.
or parts, always turnOFF the main power and confirm that the
Before adding or replacing units
CHARGE lamp onthe power supply unitis not lit.
3.1 Unit replacement
- A CAUTION
1. Do not hold the front cover when transporting the servo amplifier. The unit could drop.
2. Always observe the installation directions. Failure to doso could lead to faults.
3. Secure the specified distance between the spindle amplifier and inner side of the control panel
and the other devices. Failureto do so could lead to faults.
Use the following procedure when replacing the units.
(1) Power supply unit replacement

1) Disconnect the connectors connectedto CN4 and 9.
2) Disconnect the wires connected to L1, L2, L3, @, L+, L-, L l I,L21 and MCI on the terminal
block.
3) Remove the two (four) screws fixingthe unit tothe control panel, and remove the unitfrom the
control panel.
4) Install the new unit following the removal procedurein reverse.
(2) Drive unit replacement (Ex. spindle drive)

1) Disconnect the connectors connected toCNlA, lB,4, 5,6, 7, 8 and 9.
2) Disconnect the wires connected to U, V, W, 6, L+, L-, L11, L21 on the terminal block.
3) Remove thetwo (four) screws fixing the unit to the control panel, and remove the unit from the
control panel.
4) Install the new unit following the removal procedure in reverse.
1-9
3. Addition and Replacement Methodsof Units andParts
[Outline drawingfor MDS-A/B series]

(1) Power supply unit (2) Drive unit (for spindle drive)
A-CV-37 to 185 A-CV-220 to 300 A-SP-04 to 185 A-SP-220 to 300
B-CV-37 to 185 B-CV-220 to 370 B-SP-04 to 185 B-SP-220 to 300
c)c)
11._111 UIII
L 1 1
L21
NCl
%I %I
L1
21
rU1V1W7@1
L1
21
LlL2L30 L1 L2 L3 0
c>
1-10
[Outline drawing forMDS-Cl series]

(1) Power supply unit (2) Drive unit (for spindle drive)
c1-cv-37 to 185 C1-CV-220 to 300 C1-SP-O4 to 185 C 1-SP-220 to 300
L2 1
KI
:w
L1
2 11 ‘Iw
L1
2 11
1-11
3. Addition and Replacement Methodsof Units andParts
3.2 Servomotor encoder
A CAUTION
The MDS-Cl Series is not compatible with the
OHE/OHA encoder (motor end).
(Only MDS-A/B Series)
3.2.1 OHE/OHA type encoder
(I)OHE25K-85,OHA25K-85 (for HA23133 motor)
Installation method
1) Install theM4 screw on the coupling. Make sure that the screw does not protrude on the inside.
2) Remove one ortwo rubber bushings for the motor.
3) Install the O-ring on the encoder spigot section.
4) install the motor detector and insert the key in the shaft. Make sure that there
is no dirt or burrs
in the key hole at this time, and push the in key
completely.
5) Install the encoder on the motor. Match the coupling keyway and shaft key position at this time
before inserting. The encoder connector position must be fixed to the motor connector position
or the designated position.
6) Fix the encoder with fourM4 P screws. Align the encoder flange markings and the motor flange
punch position.
7) Install the rubber bushing.
Note) Prevent the coupling screw from loosening.
* The current position will be lost after replacement in the OHA25K-85 type, and initializing
will be required.
Installation procedure drawing
O-ring S75
(2)OHE25K-6,OHA25K4
Installation method
1) Remove the cover screws with aM5 hexagonal wrench and remove the cover.
2) Install the encoder on the motor. Align the motor shaft pin and encoder shaft groove,
and the
encoder flat spring's slotted hole and motor flange pin.
3) Fix the flat spring to the motor with the
M5 screws. (Three positions)
1-12
4) Insert the M6 box screw through the hole on the encoder cover, and fix with six wrenches. Fix
the motor shaft at this time, and tighten the screws
so that the screws will not loosen.
5) Place the seal enclosed with the encoder onto the hole on the encoder cover.
6) Cut thetwo wires from the encoder and wires
the form the motor to a length that is suitable, and
connect each with joint amplifiers.
7) Remove the cannon connector housing with a special tool, pass through the motor cover hole,
and assemble the housing (including the rubber packing). Fix to the motor cover withM3
four
screws.
8 ) Install the motor cover
to the motor.

M3 screw -
M5 screw M5 box screw
* The current position will

be lost after replacement in theOHA25K-4 type, and initializing will be
required.
A 0.5mm2joint amplifier and a cannon connector housing removal toolbe will
required at this
time.
970-901table Shell 2
Name Of tool
Rear
nuttightening
spanner
97D-9011
Manufacturer DDK
Chicago Office
245 West Roosevelt Road, Bldg. 15
Unit 3,West Chicago, IL60185,U.S.A.
Phone: 708-293-7335 Fax: 708-293-7337
Mountingldismounting of insert
Shell table
(97D-9012)
Rear nut tightening spanner

(97D-9011)
1-13
3. Addition and ReDlacement Methods of Units and Parts
(3) OHE25K-108,OHA25K-108 (for low inertia motor)
,a ,
O-ring S75 4445 X 0.8 X 15 screw
t
\
Detector
HA motor
(Note) If the detector installation direction B, c,

is B, C, D, the detector connector must come to the
D position shown above.
Mounting method
I ) Install the O-ring(S75) on the detector flange.
2) Install aM4 hexagonal socket screw on the coupling.
3) Align and insert the motor shaft key in the detector
bellow keyway.
4) Align the position mark on the detector and the motor markings.
5 ) Install the detector on the motor. (Use
M5 x 0.8 screws.)
6) Tighten the screw on the keyway to fix the key.
7) Tighten the detector's rubber plug.
(Note) The detector and bellow position
is determined so do not remove the bellow from the
detector.
3.2.2 OSEIOSA type encoder

Note 1. The pole position must be adjusted for the low-inertia motor,
so do not replace the encoder.
Note 2. The IP67 compliant motoris submerge-proof, so do not replace the motor.
Note 3. For the IP65 compliant motor, replace the packing with new packing when replacing the motor.
(1) OSEl04S/l05S, OSAl04S/105S (for HA23133 motor)
Installation method
1) Install the O-ring on the encoder spigot section.
2) Install the encoder on the motor. At this time, align the motor's Oldham position (Oldham
installation screw hole position) and encoder's Oldham mark position. Install the Oldham space
betweenthis.Fixtheencoder'sconnectorpositiontothemotorconnectorpositionor
designated position.
3) Fix the encoder with four
M4 P screws. Align the encoder flange markings and the motor flange
punch position.
* Thecurrentpositionwillbelostafterreplacement in the OSAl04S/I 05s type,and
initializing will be required.

Align the motots Oldham position and encoder mark
MOtOf
4
Encoder mark position
Mark
4-M4 X 14
O-ring S75 (When using IP65, replace with the new packing M769D009H01.)
(2) OSEl041105, OSAIW105
Installation method
1) Remove the cover screws with M5 a hexagonal wrench and remove the cover.
2) Install the encoder on the motor. At this time, align the motor shaft pin (Oldham installation
screwholeposition)andtheencoder'sOldhammarkposition.InstalltheOldhamspacer
between this.
3) Fix the motor with fourM4 screws.
4) Connect the two connectors from the encoder with two the connectors from the motor.
5 ) Remove the cannon connector housing with a special tool, pass through the motor cover hole,
and assemble the housing (including the rubber packing). Fix to the motor cover with four M3
screws.
6) Install the motor cover to the motor.

Align the motor's Oldham
position and encoder mark
Motor
1 Encoder 1
--
Motor cover
packing.
\ When using IP65,
replace with the
new
Oldham spacer
4-M4X 18
t
4-M5 box screw
~ ~~
* The current position will be lost after replacement in the

OHA25K-4 type, and initializing will be
required.
A 0.5mm2 joint amplifier and a cannon connector housing removal tool will be required at this
time.
Mounting/dismounting of insert
3.3 Battery unit

The battery built in the battery unit MDS-A-BT is used to save data in the absolute position detection
system.
o Applicable
battery : Li battery
o Battery back up time : 7 years (at 265 workdays, 100 holidays)
* The back up time will be reduced if there are more holidays or if the
ambient temperature is high.
The batteryis brazed onto thePCB in the battery unit,

so the battery cannot be replaced by itself. Instead,
be replaced.
the entire unit must
. /“ Use a M5 screw for installation
U W
166
__ ~~ -~
p a t t e r y unit outline drawing
[Replacement procedure]
1. Turn OFF the NF for the input power supply 200/23OVAC, pull out the cable, and remove the
battery unit.
2. Replace the battery unit, and connect the cable.
3. Turn ON the power and confirm the operation.
Note) The backup timeof the built-in backup capacitor in the absolute value detector
OHA25K-
4, -85 and -ET is 20 hours when delivered, and will decrease
by half to ten hours
after five
years of use. Complete the operation within that time.
3.4 Unit 'fan

. The life of the fan is approximately 5 years during normal use (the life will differ according to the usage
state and environment). Follow the procedure below to replace the fan.
(1) MDS-A/B series

1. Turn OFF the NF for the input power supply 200/23OVAC, wait for the CHARGE lamp on the
power supply unit togo out, and then remove the unit.
2. Remove thetwo fan installation screws on the bottom
of the cooling fin.
3. Remove the connector from the rear of the unit, and replace the fan.
L
I
I
Remove thetwo screws. Remove theconnector from theunit.

3. Addition and Replacement Methods
of Units and Parts
(2) MDS-CI series

I.Turn OFF the NF for the input power supply 200/23OVAC, wait for the CHARGE lamp on the
go out, and then remove the unit.
power supply unit to
2. Remove the fan guard from the end of the unit, and remove two
the screws installing the fan.
3. Remove the rubber bushing for the fan power cable, and pull out the connection connector.
4. Disconnect the connection connector, and replace the fan.
I 71 / I
I
13
Remove the two
screws.
Remove rubber bushing. Pull out connection connector and

disconnect connector.
1-19
4. Daily Maintenance
A WARNING
1. Always wait at least ten minutes after turning the power supplyOFF before starting
maintenance and inspection.
Failure to doso could lead to electric shocks.
2. Maintenance and inspection must be doneby a qualified technician. Failure to observe this
could lead to electric shocks. Contact your nearest Service Center or Service Station for
repairs and part replacement.
4.1 Tools for maintenance
NOTICE
Never perform a megger test (insulation resistance measurement) on the spindle amplifier control
circuit.
(1) Measurement instruments .
The following measurement instruments are required to confirm that the correct power is being
supplied to the servo amplifier and that the servo amplifier wiring
is correct.
Equipment Application Conditions

Tester Confirm that the wiring to the servo
amplifier is correct before turning
ON
the power.
Oscilloscope For general measurement and
troubleshooting.
AC voltmeter Measure the AC power voltage. The Measure the AC power voltage being
tolerable differenceis k2Y0 or less. supplied to the servo amplifier.
Maximum reading lOV, 30V. The DC voltmeter
Measure the DC power voltage.
tolerable difference is+2% or less.
AC ammeter Measure the alternate current being
supplied to the motor.
(2) Tools
Screwdrivers (Large and medium Phillips type, small flat head)
4.2 Periodic inspection

A still type drive unit is being used, but the fan built in the unit and the additional cooling fans must be
inspected periodically.
Theservomotorisbrush-lessandbasicallydoesnotrequiremaintenance,butmustbeinspected
periodically for abnormal noise and vibration.
Recommended periodic inspection items
I Item
Inspection
frequency
Inspection details Remedies
Cooling fan Monthly 1. Can the fan be rotated easily by hand?Clean or replace the
(fhn built-in unit) 2. Does the fan rotate properly when the fan
and additional power is ON?
cooling fan
3. Is the fan dirty with oil or dirt?
(outside unit)
4. Do the bearings make abnormal
sounds?
ITerminal block
screws
Cables and
As
necessary
As
I . Are the screws loose?
2. Are the screws dirty with oil or dirt?
Tighten and clean
the screws
1. Is there any damage or scratches, etc.7Replace the cable
connectors 2. Are the connectors loose? Tighten the
necessary
~ ~
connectors
~ _ _ ~~
Batter Jnit Every 1. The battery life is 7 years under normal Replace the unit
7 years use. This will differ according to the
usage environment (temperature,
usage frequency, etc.).
Motor Sound, Monthly Is there any abnormal sound or vibration?
vibration
Tempera- Monthly Are the motor bearings or frame hot when
ture touched by hand?
Insulation TwiceQear Is the resistance1MS2 or higher when
insulated with a500V megger tester
between the motor frame and motor
terminals (U, V, W). (Remove the motor's
I
cannon plug before measuring).
5. Maintenance Parts
qeplacement Remarks
Part Q'ty time
I
an 'FA4018-BH20 IAB-CV- 37 Style 1 5 years h e fan life will differ

luitt-in iKO-NC6855H01 55 Electro- ccording to the
nit) 75 7 ics sage conditions.
VB-v1- 35 m e additional
VB-v2- 201 0 cooling fans must
2020 be prepared by the
machine maker.
VB-SP- 22 (Refer to the
37 specifications)
'FA-801 8-BH20 3-V1-45
LKO-NC6855H02 2/B-V2- 3510
3520
3535
3-V2- 4520
4535
w - S P - 55
75
110
JS80D22-T 9/B-cv-110
5KO-NC6855H21 9-v145
9-SP-110
[oldt
ype)
592822-T W C V - 150
3KO-NC6855H22 185
W V 1 - 70
90
W S P - 150
185
JS12D22-T m-cv-220
3KO-NC6855H23 260
300
B-CV-370
B-V1- 110
150
A/B-SP- 220
260
300
MMF-09C24TS- C1 -CV- 150 MELCO 1
3N4 185 TECHNO-
3KO-NC5332H14 c 1-cv-220 REX
260 2
300
370
C1-SP/H- 150
185
220 2
2605
300:
C1-V1- 70
90 2
110
150
C l -V2-7035
7045 2
7070
No. Part Applicable Replacement

Type Maker Remarks
unit time
1 Fan MMF-06F24ES- I C1-CV-110 MELCO 5 years The fan life will differ
(built-in RN5 TECHNO- according to the
unit) BKO-NC5332H12 usage conditions.
110 * The additional
150s cooling fans must
c 1-SP/H- 260 be prepared by the
~
300 machine maker.

c 1-v1-45 (Refer to the
specifications)
C1 -V2-3535
4520
4535 2
7070s
4545
MMF-04C24DS- c 1-SP/H- 22
ROE 37
BKO-NC5332Hll c1-v1- 20 I 1
c1-Vl- 35
45s
70s
c 1-v2-2010
2020
351OS
35208
l 2
2 Battery MDS-A-BT- 2 Mitsubishi
1 7 years The life will differ
unit 4 Electric
(only
absolute according to the
6 position detec- sage conditions.
8 tion system)
3 19C B-AL -7.5K MitsubishiAccordingto When broken
reactor -1 1K Electric
the
system
-18.5K configuration
-30K
-37K
4 Zontac- kcording to MitsubishiAccordingto When broken
tor power supply unit Electric
the
system
configuration
5 YFB MitsubishiAccordingto Nhen broken
power supply unit Electric
the
system
configuration
1-23
As a high frequency chopper current thatis PWM controlled flows to the AC servo/spindle, the leakage
current will be larger than a motor run with a commercial power supply. Select the leakage breaker
according to the following explanation and securely ground both the amplifier and motor.
I 1 u, v, w
I 1 1 1
111
MDS spindle 111

111
system
servo I
t - I
i / I /
RST 111
200/230VAC -
+
a
@ Motor
'I u3, v3, w3

I11
Inverter 2 111
I
I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I
I !
Machine power distribution
box
The commercial frequency compositionof the leakage current for theMELDAS MDS-A Series spindle
and servo system is approximately 6mA for one spindle axis and 1mA for oneservo axis. However, when
selecting the leakage breaker, differences in the motor power line length, distance with the grounding
and motor size, etc., must be considered, and should be calculated as a max. of 15mA per spindle axis
and 2mA per servo axis.
Furthermore, if other inverter equipmentis connected to the same power line, the leakage current for that
equipment must also be considered, and so select and install the leakage breaker in the position marked
@ above.
Select a leakage breaker (for inverters) that removes the high frequency elements with a filter, and that
detects only the leakage current within the commercial frequency range (approx. 50 to 60Hz).
If a leakage breaker that is too sensitive towards the high frequency elements is used, the breaker may
malfunction.
Note) There is one spindle axis and three servo axes in theMDS Series, and if the total of the leakage
current from the equipment on the same power line is 7mA, select a leakage so breaker
that the
following calculated value is within the rated non-operative sensitivity current.
15mA + 2mA X 3 + 7mA = 28mA
When using a leakage tester to investigate the cause of leakage breaker malfunction, etc., selec
of 50range
one thatis not affected easily by the high frequency and which has a measurement to
60Hz.
Example) LC-30F manufactured by Soko Denki
Note) Always ground the machine with class3 grounding for safety purposes.
6. Noise Filter
6. Noise Filter
(1) Selection
If radio noise needs to be reduced, select one of the following noise filters according to the type of
power supply unit being used.
~~~~ ~~ ~ ~~
MDS-A-CV- Noise filter type

MDS-B-CV- (Tohoku Kinzoku)
37 LF-330
55 LF-340
I 77 I LF-350 I
I 110 I LF-360 I
I 150.185 I LF-380K I
I 220,260,300 I inLF-380K
parallel filters
Two ~~ ~
I
I MDS-B-CV-370 1 parallel
LF-380K
in
Two-
filters I
(2) Noise filter installation position
Insert the noise filter atthe unit's input.
Power distribution panel

NFB
. *Connect to the
R Powersupply i transformer input
i for the power units
1Power supply 1 (MDS-A-CV) 1 used by the
transformer.
!-i i !
(3) Specifications
~ ~ ~~~
Rated Rated Test voltageAC (V) Insulation Leakage Working

Part voltage current between case resistance current temperature
name AC AC terminals for one (MW) (mA) range
DC (V) DC (A) minute SOOVDC 250V 6OHz ("C)
330 200v 30A 1500 -20 to +55
I 340 I 200V I 40A I 1500 -20 to +45
I 350 I 200V I 50A I 1500
I 360 I 200V I 60A I 1500
I 380K I 2OOV I 80A I 2000
1-25
6. Noise Filter
(4) Shape and dimensions
LF-300 Series
4-4.5
- -~
A B C D E F G H I
LF-330 180 170 60 29 120 135 150 35 65
200 220 240 40 80
200 220 240 40 80
160 200 60 30 ~ 300 320 340 50 I00
(mm)
LF-K Series
-
H kFi
Terminal F G H
Name A B C D E
plate
LF-380K M6 670 TE-K22
400 380 560500 170 6.50 9X6
1-26
11. MDS-A-CV
MDS-B-CV
MDS-A-CR
Power Supply Section
1. Troubleshooting
1 Troubleshooting
1.I Status display
A WARNING
1. Do not touch the switches withwet hands. Failure to observe this could lead to electric shocks.
3. Do not open the front cover whole the power isor during operation. Failureto observe this
ON
/I\ CAUTION
1. Always check the parameters before starting. Depending on the machine, unforeseen
operation could take place.
2. Do not touch the sew0 amplifier fins, regenerative resistor
or servomotor, etc., whilethe power
is turnedON or immediately after turning the power OFF. Some parts are heated to high
temperatures, and touching these could lead to burns.
The power supply state is displayed on the 7-segmentLED on the top of the power supply. When an
alarm occurs,the alarmNo. will display on 7-segment LED on the servo/spindle drive connected with the
communication cable(CN4) and on theNC diagnosis screen.
(1) Alarm display on NC diagnosis screen

Alarm displaywith 7-segment LED on drive unit
If the sewo/spindle alarms#60 to #7F display on the diagnosis screen, a power supply alarm has
occurred. The power supply alarm will display as the alarm for the axis connected to the power
supply communication cable (CN4). At the same time, the same alarm No. will display on the
spindle/sento drive unit's 7-segment
LED. An example is shown below.
The power supply 1 alarm is

displayed as the Z axis alarm
The power supply 2 alarm is
displayed as the spindle alarm
[ALARM MESSAGE]
t N C ALARM> [SERVO MONITOR]

SERVO ALARM 6A Z [SPINDLE MONITOR]
SERVO ALARM 67 S x z
ALARM E7 6A
ALARM 67
I1 - 1
1. Troubleshooting
NC X z Power supply 1 Spindle Power supply 2
-El
IPawer supply 1 alarm

is displayed
I Pawer supply 2 alarm
b I ReadyOFFFrom2OOVAC(24VDC)ONtorelease of emergencystop.
I
C
I Servo OFF Displayed for approx. 1 see. after emergency stop is released and then
changes to d display.
d Servo ON Indicates that emergency stop is released and operation is possible.
: Flicker Alarm or warning has occurred
No.)
: Alarm display codeuhis display code differs from the alarm
I1 - 2
I.Troubleshootinn
E r Idr&
Alarm display model
Meaning Detection timing
A-CV I B-CV ICl-CVl A-CR
nstantaneous
stop
(24VDC)
Constantly
after
power is
turned ON PR
'over
module
overcurrent
Constantly
after
power is turned ON PR
-requency
error
Constantly
after
power is turned ON PR
63 0 Auxiliary
regeneration
error
Constantly
after
power
turned
is ON PR
6 4 1 4 I I I I Jot used
iushWhen
error
ready
relay
OFF - ready
PRON
Jot used
OFF
ready
When
phase
3pen - ready ON PR
Constantly
Natch
dog
power
after tumed
is ON AR
OFF
ready
When
3round
fault - ready ON PR
OFF ready During

:ontactor melt PR
OFF readyDuring melt

iush relay PR
circuit
dain
error
When ready
OFF - ready ON PR
'arameter
When
error NC power is turned ON PR
Vlemory
Immediately
errorturned
power
after
is ON AR
VD converter
error/power
Immediately
after
power is turned
AR
OWconstantly error ;upply
Instantaneous stop/extemal
During ready ON NR
emergency stop
Over-regeneration
Constantly
turned
power
after
is ON PR
RegenerativeresistoroverheatConstantlyafterpower is turned ON PR
75 L 0 0 0 0 Overvoltage
Constantly
power
after is turned ON NR
76 M 0 0 error
External emergency stop
settina I When NC power is turned ON
I AR
77 n 0 0 0 0
E8 0 0 0 0
Auxiliary regeneration
frequency over I Constantly after power is turned ON
I -
E9 P 0 0 0 ready
During
warning
Instantaneous
stop ON -
E A q 0 0 External
emergency
stop
input
When NC power is turned ON -
E6 r 0 0 ready
Over-regeneration
During
warning ON -
[Alarm No.] Alarm No. displayed on the drive unit connected to the power supply unit
[LED display] LED displayed on power supply unit
[Release]AR : Released whenpowersupplyunitpower is turned ON again.
PR : Released when NC power is turned ON again.
NR: Released with NC reset key.
I1 - 3
1. Troubleshooting
1.2 Troubleshooting per power supply alarm
A CAUTION
When an alarm occurs, remove the cause of the alarm, confirm that an operation signal
is not
being input, and secure the safety. Then reset the alarm to resume operation.
When an alarm occursin the spindle amplifier, the base will be off
shutand the motorwill coastto a stop.
Turn the powerOFF with an external sequence.
(I)Alarm No. Instantaneous

stop
[Meaning] The 24VDC voltage connected to the CN22 connector
has dropped.
[Detection] Constantly after power is turned ON
I.Troubleshooting
(2) Alarm No. ~

module
overcurrent
Power I Oneration
unit -~~~~~
1~~
[Meaning] This is a overcurrent in the power module in the power A-CV C1-CV A-CRB-CV
supply- 0 0 0
L ~~
Investigation item Investigation results Remedy

Zonfirm the operation state at Occurs each time servo turns ON Replace the unit.
xxurrence and repeatability after turning2OOVAC ON.
Occurs often during servo ON Perform investigation item3.
Occurs when motor decelerates
Occurs when continuous Perform investigation item2.
operation for long time is
performed. Unit is hot. ~~~ ~ ~~ ~ ~~
Investigate the load state, The total of all motors' loads Lower motor load and operation
of each frequency.
exceeds power supply rated start/stop frequency
motor. caDacitv.
] Not exceeded. Perform investiaation item3.
Investigate whether the power s pply is normal.
1) Is rated power supply Power capacity is insufficient. Increase the power supply
capacity secured? caDacitv.
2) Confirm that the poweris Power is less than 17OV. Increase the power supply
170V or more even during capacity.
motor acceleration/ Power is higher than 17OV. Perform item 3).
deceleration.
3) Observe the power voltage 1. Distortion in voltage waveform. Eliminate the waveform distortion.
with a synchroscope. 1. Increase the power capacity or
( A l s o during acceleration/ power cable size.
deceleration) 2. Improve the other
semiconductor units where
waveform distortion is
occurring.
(Add anAC reactor.)
2. When there is a partial drop.
3. Other waveform or frequency

error.
Measure thevoltage be6&enp The voltage difference between Improve the power phase
R-S, S-T, T-R with a tester. each wire is1OV or more. balance.
None of the above apply. Perform investigation item4.
Investigate the installation
environment.
Is the grounding correct? Grounding is incomplete. Correctly ground.
Is there any noise generating Alarm occurs easily when a Perform the noise measures for
equipment in the surrounding certain device operates. the device on the left.
area? No problem found. Replace the unit.
I1 - 5
I.Troubleshooting
(3) Alarm No. Frequency

error
[Meaning] The power frequency is not within the specifications
range.
lnvestiaation item Investigation results Remedy

Confirm the operation state at Occurs each time power is turned Perform investigation item2.
Occurrence and repeatability ON.
Occurs periodically regardless of
operation state. ~~~
Occurs only when motor Performjnvestigation item 3.

accelerates/decelerates.
Measure power voltage when The frequency is deviated from Review the power facilities.
operation is normal 50Ha3Y0 or 60Hzlt3Y0.
The frequency may deviate from
50H~i3% or 60H2&3% dueto
fluctuation in the frequency.
There is a partial dropin the Take measures for the power unit
voltage waveform. or device causing the problem.
(Add an AC reactor, etc.)
The frequency is 50H*3% or Replace the unit.
60Ha3%.
No problem found. Perform investiaation item4.
Measure the power voltage The frequency fluctuation during Review the power facilities.
while the motor is acceleration/decelerationis
accelerating/decelerating. great.
There is a partialdrop in the Take measures for the power unit
voltage waveform during or device causing the problem.
deceleration. (Add an AC reactor, etc.)
No problem found. Perform investiaation item4.
Investigate the installation The grounding is incomplete. Correctly ground.
environment.
Alarm occurs easily when a Perform the noise measures for
certain device operates. the device on the left.
No problem found. Replace the unit.
1. Troubleshooting
(4) Alarm No. Auxiliary

regeneration
error Operation unit
[Meaning] The auxiliary regeneration transistor in the power A-CV I B-CV ICl-CVI A-CR
supply is continuously ON. l o l o l l o 1
Investigation item lnvestiqation results Remedy

Dirt on the regenerative Take measures so that cutting oil
Cutting oil or oil mist is adhered on
resistance urriton the unit rear. the regenerative resistance unit. or dust does not get on the fins on
the unit rear, and perform
investigation item2.
Not dirty. Replace the unit.
Confirm the conductivity of is a conductivity. Replace the unit. There
the terminal block (P, N, R, S, Clean the resistor or fin and take Resistance
T) and the resistor surface with measures so that oil and dust do
a tester. not get on them.If the alarm
occurs again, replace the unit.
(5) Alarm No. Rush

relay
error .
[Meaning] The rush resistance short circuit relay in the power
[Detection] When ready OFF -

supply does not turnON.
ready ON

1 Investigate the repeatability Occurs every readyON Replace the unit.
Occurs periodically Perform investigation item2.
2 Investigate the installation
environment.
Is the groundingcorrect? Grounding is incomplete. Correctly ground.
equipment in the surrounding certain device operates. the device on the left.
(6) Alarm No.@ Openphase I Oneration

~ unit ~ I
[Meaning]
One phase of input 30AC2OOV is not connected.
ready ON
A-CV B-CV Cl-CV A-CR
0 0 0
Investigation results Remedy

There is a phase with no voltage. Supply the correct power.
voltage with a tester.
All phases arenormal. Perform investigation items3 and
4 for alarm 71 Instantaneous stOD.
I1 - 7
I.Troubleshooting
(7) Alarm No. Watch

dog IL Oneration
- unit
~~~. ~ I
I
[Meaning] The power supply software process did not end within A-CV B-CV Cl-CV A-CR
the designated time. 0 0 0 0

1 Investigate the repeatability Occurs every readyON Replace the unit.
Occurs periodically Perform investigation item2.
environment.
theindevice
certain device operates. equipment on the left.
the surrounding
(8) Alarm No. Ground

fault
[Meaning] Motor ground fault

[Detection] When ready OFF 4 ready ON l - ' - ' - ' - I
t
1 Measure the insulation 1OOkQ or less Motor defect or cable ground fault.
between theU W terminals of Replace motor and cable.
all motors and the grounding q o o k ~ or more Perform investigation item2.
with a megger tester.
2 Is motor or cable covered with Oil isfound. Take measuresso that oil does
oil? not come in contact.
Clean the motor's cannon
connector and inside the terminal
box.
If the error occurs again, perform
Oil is not found. Perform investigation item3.
3 Perform the insulation 1Mi2 or less Replace motor or cable.
measurement again. 1Ma or more Replace the unit.
I.Troubleshooting
(9) Alarm No. Contactor

melt
[Meaning] The externally connected contactor is on even during
ready OFF.
[Detection] Duringready OFF

Is the contactor externally Contactor is not externally Set the power supply rotary switch
installed? installed. (SWI1 to 1.
Connector is externally installted. Perform investigation item2.
Has the contactor melted? Alarm 6A occurs. Perform investigation item3.
Disconnect the contactor Alarm 6A does not occur. Perform investigation item4.
exciting wire and start up.
Has an error occurred on theError has occurred. Remove driver side error cause
driver side (power module and then replace contactor.
error, etc.) before alarm6A Error has not occurred. Replace contactor.
Occurred?
Is the contactor exciting wiring Wire as shown below. Wiring is not correct.
correctly passed though the
MC1-RO terminal? T R
I I
II II RO 1
EMG I
Switch, etc.
Wiring is correct. Replace the unit.
( I O ) Alarm No. Rush

relay
melt 1 Oneration
~~~unit ~ I
[Meaning] The rush resistance short circuit relay in the power A-CV B-CV Cl-CV A-CR
supply is ON. 0 0 0
[Detection] Duringready OFF
~~ ~~
investigation item Investigation results Remedy

1 Investigate the repeatability. Perform investigation item3.
Occurs each time power is turned
ON.
Occurs periodically. Perform investigation item2.
environment.
Is there any noise generating Alarm occurs easily when a Perform the noisemeasures for
equipment in the surrounding certain device operates. the device o n the left.
3 Has an error occurred on the Error has occurred. Remove driver side error cause
driver side (power module and then replace power supply
error, etc.) before alarm6B unit.
occurred? Replace the unit. Error has not occurred.
I1 - 9
I.Troubleshooting
(1I)
Alarm No. Maincircuiterror I ODeration
unit I
[Meaning]
Charging to the main circuit is not normal.
ready ON
A-CV B-CV Cl-CV A-CR
0 0 0 0

Observe the CHARGE lamp The CHARGE lamp remains lit for Replace the unit.
lighting when the alarm occurs. a short time.
The CHARGE lamp lights Perform investigation item2.
momentarily but soon the alarm
occurs, and when the contactor
turns OFF, it goes
- out
immediately.
The CHARGE lamp does not light. Perform investigation item2, and
then replace the unit.
Disconnect thePN terminal (1) Error on the power supply Replace the unit.
block wiring and confirm the side.
following resistance values with(2) Error on the driver side Review thePN wiring and
a tester. investigate the drive unit.
Both (1) and (2) are normal. Replace the unit.
Driver
Driver
Power
supply
Defect
I
Short circuit or infinite I
supply side
Short circuit or several 1 0 0 0 I
Short circuit or infinite I
Disconnect only thePN wiring
on the power supply. Short circuit or several 1 OOR I
Measure the positions(1) and
(2) with a tester.
11- 10
I.Troubleshootinn
2)
(IAlarm No. Parameter
error
[Meaning] The power supply unit (CR) capacity and the
regenerative resistance type (rtyp) set in the
parameter PRYP are not set to an adequate
combination.
[Detection] When NC power is turned ON

1 Confirm the parametersof the Change the setting to the
drive unit connected to the following combinations.
power supply unit.
Spindle : SPO41 (PlYP)
Servo : SV036 (PTYP)
Servo/spindle parameter :
svo36 sP041 PlYP
F E D C B A 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
5
wl External regenerative resistancetype lptypl Power supply type
(Set type from following table) (Set type from following table)
Power supply type PtyP
CR-10 81
CR- 51 82
CR-22 83 ,
CR-37
CR-55
CR-75
89 CR-90
External regenerative resistance and power supply

(A-CR) compatibility table
11-11
1. Troubles hooting
(13) Alarm No. Memory

error
[Meaning] Error in the memory circuit in the power supply
[Detection] Immediately after power is turned ON

1 Occurs each time power is turnedReplace the the
Investigate unit.repeatability.
ON.
environment.
~ equipment in the surrounding certain device operates. the device on the left.
1 area? No problem found. Replace the unit.
(14) Alarm No. 16FJ AID converter error/power supply error

[Meaning] Error in the N D converter in the power supply, or the
driver detected an error in the power supply
[Detection] Immediately after power is turned ON ( N D converter
error)/constantly (power supply error)
Remedy
results
Investigation
item
lnvestigation
Check
power
the
supply 7- F is flickering. A/D converter
error.
segment LED display: - Perform same remedies as for
alarm 6E memory error.
Other alarm codeis flickering. Refer to each alarm section.
0 is displayed. Perform investigation item2.
F is displayed. Perform investigation item2.
I
8 is displayed. Refer to alarm68 watch dog
alarm.
b, c, d are displayed. Perform investigation item3.
Other display Refer to alarm 68 watch dog
alarm.
Investigate
rotary
theswitch
Setting isReplace
01.orunit.
the
setting.
Setting is not 0 or
Correctly
1. set
the
rotary
switch.
mistaken.
wiring
is
driver
Replace
The
Check
cable.
the
the
communicationcablewiring.There is noshield.
wiring
The
is OK. Perform
investigation
item 4.
replacing
Try
driver
the OK replacement.
after Cable
defect.
communication cable.
~
NG
even
after
replacement.
Replace
the
unit.
I.Troubleshooting
(15) Alarm No. 1711 Instantaneous stop/external emergency stop I ODeration

unit
~~ ~ I
weaning] Theexternallyinstalledcontactoris OFF. B-CV Cl-CV
A-CV A-CR
An instantaneous stop exceeding 25ms occurred. , o 0 0
[Detection] Duringready ON

Is the externally installed Contactor isOFF. The power supply operates
contactor OFF due to normally. Check the machine
emergency stop, etc.? sequence. When directly turning
Check the sequence. OFF the contactor with the
emergency stop button, etc., and
the NC emergency stop is applied
simultaneously with the contactor
OFF, emergency stop will occur
instead of alarm.
Contactor is notOFF. Perform investigation item2.
Occurrence state. Occurs constantly during ready Perform investigation item3.
ON.
Occurs with certain operation. Perform investigation item1
again. If there is no error, perform
Occurs sometimes during Perform investigation item4.
operation (not-regulated).
Is the RST wiring correct? The wiring or sequence is Repair the items noted on the left.
Is the contactor wiring incorrect.
sequence correct? No error. Perform investigation item4.
Observe the power waveform Instantaneous power failure or Review the power facilities.
with a synchroscope. voltage drop occur often.
No error. Replace the unit.
(16) Alarm No. 1731 Over-regeneration I ODeration

unit I
weaning] Theregenerativeresistor'sloadexceededthe A-CV B-CV C1-CV A-CR
tolerable value. 0 0 0

1 What is the alarm Occurrence The regeneration load display Check for the effect of power
displayed onthe monitor

increases when the poweris
state and the regenerative load
turned ON and the motor is
screen? Confirm by changing rotated.
I
fluctuation, grounding connection
and noise. If there is no
abnormality, replace the unit.
the operation mode. The regeneration load display A-CR : Perform investigation
increases each time the motor item 2.
decelerates, and an alarm B-CV . Perform investigation
occurs. item 3.
operation
eased.
I I
the
I I
when
is
occur
Theregenerationloaddisplay
decelerates, but an alarm does

not
I mode
1
1
I
If thereisnoproblemafter
increaseseachtimethemotorperforminginvestigationitem
ease the operation mode.
I
2,
I
I
I1 - 13
-
1. Troubleshooting

Confirm that the external The setting is incorrect. (Refer to Set to the correct setting, and
regenerative resistance type the parameter settings for alarm confirm again.
OL set in the parameter (PTYP) of "6D".
).
the drive unit connected to the The setting is correct. Perform investigation item3.
z power supply unitis correct.
0 Confirm that the rotary switch
cv is set to"0'.
* This maybe set to "2" for
- special specifications.
3 Confirm whether the operation
is correct after performing
investigation item3 for alarm
"75*, and that the regenerative
resistance value, etc., is
I Icorrect. I I I
(17) Alarm No. 1741 Regenerative resistance overheat

[Meaning]
-~ Theexternalregenerativeresistancethermalrelay
has functioned. I I
Investigation item ~~~

lnvestiaation results
Confirm whether the resistor The unitis hot.
has overheated. The unitis not hot.
~~ ~
srform investigation
item 3. I
Note) Do not touch the
resistor or case
directly. It ishot and
can cause burns.
Confirm the alarm history. The alarm has occurred.
The over-regeneration there is no abnormality, ease the
warning or over-regeneration
alarm has occurred. The alarm has not occurred.
Is the resistor installation regenerative resistor.
correct? Install in a well-ventilated
place.
Cool with a fan, etc.
Confirm theCN22 (B) The wire is cut. Replace with correct wiring.
connector pins 1 and 2. There is no conductivity in the Replace the resistor.
Confirm whether there is a resistor's terminal relay.
short circuit caused by the The wire is correct. Replace the unit.
resistor's terminal or wire.
I1 - 14
yl_ "..
I.Troubleshooting
(18) Alarm No. Overvoltage I ODeration

unit I
[Meaning] The voltagebetweenPNexceeded410V A-CV 6-CV C1-CV A-CR
[Detection] Constantly after power is turned ON 0 0 0 0
~

What state did the alarm occurOccurs each time the motor Perform investigation item4.
in? decelerates. I
Occurs always during a certain Perform investigation item3.
deceleration mode. ~

Look at the alarm history on the EO is output right before the Perform investigation item3.
power supply diagnosis screen.overvoltage.
(Over-regeneration warning)
Others Perform investigation item3.
Observe the regeneration load Decrease the simultaneous Regeneration load
of the axis where the alarm when several axes decelerate deceleration frequency.
occurred on the servo/spindle simultaneously.
monitor screen. Other than the above. Perform investigation item4.
Investigate whether the power s DDIVis normal.
I) Is rated p e r supply Power capacity is insufficient. Increase the powersupply-
capacity secured? capacity.
2) Confirm that the poweris Power isless than 17OV. Increase the power supply
170V or more even during capacity.
motor acceleration/ Power is higher than 17OV. Perform item 3).
deceleration.
3) Observe the power voltage 1. Distorhon in voltage waveform. Eliminate the waveform distortion.
with a synchroscope. I. Increase the power capacity or
( A l s o during acceleration/ power cable size.
deceleration) 2. Improve the other
semiconductor units where
waveform distortion is
2. When there is a partial drop. occurring.
(Add an AC reactor.)
3. Other waveform or frequency

error.
Measure the voltage between The voltage difference between Improve the power phase
R S . S-T. T-R with a tester. each wireis 1OV or more. balance.
None of the above amlv. Perform investigation item5.
Observe the power waveform Instantaneous power failure or Review the power facilities.
with a synchroscope. voltage drops occur often.
No error. Perform investiaation item6.
environment.
equipment in the surrounding certain device operates. the device on theleft.
area?
No problem found. Replace the unit.
I1 - 15
1. Troubleshooting
(19) Alarm No. @ External emergency stop setting error I ODeration

unit I
[Meaning] Therotaryswitchsettingandparameter(PTYP)
setting do not match.
Investiaation item Investigation results Remedy

Confirm the rotary switch When not using external
setting and the parameter emergency stop
(PTYP) of the drive unit 1. The rotary switch is set to
4 or 1. Set the rotary switch to0 or 1.
connected to the power supply 5. 2. Set the parameter (PTYP) to
unit. 2.The parameter (PTYP)is set **oo to **39.
to **40 to **79.
When using external emergency
stop
to 0 or
1. The rotary switch is set 4 or 5.
1. Set the rotary switch to
1. 2. Set the parameter (PTYP) to
2. The parameter (PTYP)is set **40 to **79.
to **oo to **39.
The combination is correct. Replace the unit.
‘(20)Alarm No. 1771 Power module overheat

[Meaning] Overheating of the power module (IPM) in the power
supply was detected.

1 Investigate the heat radiating
environment
1) Rotation of fan on rear of The fanis not rotating correctly. Replace the Take measures
unit fan to prevent cutting
2) Contamination of radiating Remarkable amounts of cutting Clean the fins oil or dust from
fins on rear of unit oil or dust are adhered on the contacting the
radiating fins. fins.
3) Measurement of unit 55°C is exceeded. Consider ventilatingor cooling
ambient temperature measures for the panel.
Investigate the installation The groundingis incomplete. Correctly ground.
environment. Alarms occur easily when a Take noise measuresfor the
Is the grounding correct? certain device operates. device on the left.
Are there any noise generatingNo particular problem. Replace the unit.
devices in the periphery?
I1 - 16
1. Troubleshooting
1.3 Power supply warnings

The power supply warnings are not displayed on the servo/spindle monitor screen. The warning will be
displayed on the power supply's 7-segmentLED and in the alarm historyon the power supply diagnosis
screen.
it does indicate that thereis a factor for an alarm.
Operation can be continued after the warning, but
(1) AlarmhistorydisplayAuxiliaryregenerationfrequency over LED display E l

[Meaning] Thisindicatesthattheinstantaneousregeneration
energy is large, and regeneration was not possible
only with the power supply regeneration. Due to this,
regeneration at the auxiliary regeneration's
performance limit occurred. When this warning occurs,
the auxiliary regeneration will not function,
so this
could lead to an overvoltage alarm.

1 Perform inspectionitems 3 and
following in alarm 75
overvoltage.
(2) Alarm
history
display
Instantaneous
stop
warning LED display
[Meaning] An abnormal instantaneous stop occurredfor 25ms or
more. An alarm did not occur because the main circuit
voltage did not drop. This may cause an
or power
instantaneous stop alarm, overvoltage alarm
module error.

1 Perform inspection items3 and
following in alarm 71
instantaneous stop.
11-17
, .
... . .j.. .
#
1. Troubleshooting
(3) AlarmhistorydisplayExternalemergencystopinput LED display [4j

[Meaning] The external emergency stop signal was input. Oneration
unit I
24V is not applied on the CN23 connector.

When not using external The external emergency stop is Set to invalid. Refer to
investigation item 1 of alarm 76.
set to valid. emergency stop Investigate
the rotary switch and
parameter (PTYP).
When using external 24V is applied on the CN23 Replace the unit.
connector. emergency stop
Investigate the CN23 Perform investigation
24V itemon the CN23
is not applied 3.
1 connector
voltage. connector.
0Investigate whether the The wireis broken or breaks Correctly wire.
~ CN23 connectororcable is sometimes.
broken.
@ Investigate the external The contact is defective or
is Replace the switch.
emergency stop switch periodically defective.
I I contact. I I 1
(4) Alarm
history display Over-regeneration LED display 11-1
[Meaning] 80% of the over-regeneration alarm level was reached.
t Investigation item
Perform the investigation
items for alarm73 over-
regeneration.
111. MDS-A-VX
MDS-B-VX
Servo System Section
1. MDS-C1-Vl/V2 Servo Drive Unit
1. MDS-ClmV1/V2Servo Drive Unit

1.I Points changed from B Series
1.I-1 Compatible detectors and compatible motors
(1) Compatibledetectors
Note that some detectors are not compatible with the C1 Series.
0: Connectable, x: Not connectable
MDS-8- MDS-B- MDS-C1-
Detector type Detector model
V1N2 Series
_ _ V14N24
.~ Series V1N2 Series
~
ABZ OHE25K-6, OHE25K-85, 0 X X

(+ low-speed serial) OHA25K-6, OHA25K-85
OSEl04.OSE104S. OSEl04S1.
OSE104S2
Motor end High-speed serial OSE105,OSE105S, OSElO5S1, 0 0 0
detector OSA105S2
OBA13.OSAl4.OBA17
Motor built-in
encoder OHE2500
OHE-25K-ET, OHA-25K-ET
I o l x
0 0
l x 0
detector I High-speedserial
I
OSE104-ET, OSAl04-ET
OSA1054ET. OSElO5-ET
~~ ~~
0 0 0
IABZ Optical scale, magnetic scale,MP scale 0 0 0

AT41(Mitsutoyo)
0 0 0
FME type, FLE type (Futaba Denshi)
AT342 (Mitsutotyo) Resolution O.*m 0 0 0
Linear
LC191 M (Heidenhain) Resolution 0. l u m X 0 0
scale
AT343 (Mitsutoyo) Resolution 0.05pm X X 0
High-speed serial
Heidenhain analog output scale
(LF Series, LS Series) X X 0
+ MDS-B-HR (Scale interface unit)
(2) Compatiblemotors
1) HCmotor : (INC specification) HC***-E42/E51,
(ABS specification) HC***-A42/A51
2) HC R motor : (INC specification) HC***R-E42/E51f
(ABS specification) HC***R-A42/A51
3) HANmotor : (INC specification) HA***N/INC high-speed serial encoder,
(ABS specification) HA***N/ABS high-speed serial encoder
4) HA L motor : (INC specification) HA***L/INC high-speed serial encoder,
(ABS specification) HA***L/ABS high-speed serial encoder
5) HA-LH S1 motor : (INC specification) HA-LH**Sl/INC high-speed serial encoder,
(ABS specification) HA-LH**Sl/ABS high-speedserial encoder
6 ) HA-FFmotor : (ABS specification) HA-FF***
7) HC-MFmotor : (ABS specification) HC-MF***
8 ) HA compact motor : (INC specification) HA053NC, 13NC/INC high-speed serial encoder,
HA-FE**
(ABS specification) HA053NC, 13NC/ABS high-speed serial encoder,
HA-FH**
INC high-speed serial encoder= OSE104/S/Sl, OSE105/S/S1

ABS high-speed serial encoder= OSA104/S/Sl, OSA105/S/Sl
111 - 1
1. MDS-Cl-VlN2 Servo Drive Unit
1.1-2 2-system compliance (standard amplifier (MDS0B-V1/V2) mode and high-gain

amplifier (MDS-B-V14/V24) mode)
' (1) Outline
With the C1 Series, control can be carried out in the standard amplifier (MDS-B-V1N2) mode and
high-gain amplifier (MDS-B-Vl4N24) mode. This allows the amplifier to be changed from the
standard amplifier (MDS-B-V1N2) orfromthehigh-gainamplifier (MDS-B-Vl4N24) with the
same parameters.
* When the standard amplifier is replaced with the high-gain amplifier, the amplifieris recognized
automatically by the status of the servo parameters set with the machine.
A CAUTION
When the control mode has been changed to the high-gain amplifier
(MDS-B-Vl4N24) mode
after remounting from the standard amplifier (MDS-B-V1/V2), the parameters must be changed
for the high-gain amplifier and
the servo parameters mustbe adjusted.
(2) Compdtible software version

The 2-system compatible software is compatible from Version A1 (BND-582W000-Al).
* Version A0 is not compatible with the standard amplifier mode. It is compatible only with the
high-gain amplifier mode.
(3) Judging changeover of control mode
Whether to start the servo amplifier in the standard amplifier compatible mode or the high-gain
amplifier compatible modeis judged by the servo parameters SVOO9 to SVO12 and SV033 setting
values set in the machine.
Setting in which not even
-
one of the following
SVOO9 = 4096 or more, conditions is satisfied. svoo9=* svoo9=* svoo9=*
svm'0 Sv012
SVOlO = 4096 or more, svo1o=* svo1o=* svo1o=*
Servo s v o 1 1 = 768 or more, and S V m = 4096 or more* svol1=* svo11=* svol1=*
para- ~ ~ 0 =1768 2 or more. svo12=* SVOl2=* svo12=*
meters svol
SV010= =
768 or mo18, and
or more,
SVOl2 = 768 or more
svO33 (SSF2)/bii8 0 0 1 0 1
svO33 ( S S F 2 ) b i i 0 0 0 1 1
High-gain mode
Standard Highgain High-gain
Control mode Standard mode
mode modemode
A CAUTION
The actual mode is changed between the standard amplifier mode and high-gain amplifier mode
when the 200V poweris turned ON. Thus, if the above servo parameters are changed, the alarm
"7F"will occur, and the resettingof the power will be requested. Alarm"7F"may also occur when
the poweris turned ON for thefirst time after the machine is installed.
If alarm "7F"occurs, turn the
power ON again. The alarm"7F"will not occur after the second and subsequent power ON unless
1 the above servo parametersare set.
(4) Display of servo monitor type for highgain mode and standard amplifier mode
(Servo Monitor screen)
Whether the system is running in the high-gain mode or standard amplifier mode can be confirmed
with the type displayed on
the Servo Monitor screen.
~~ ~~~~ ~ ~~
Unit type For standard amplifier mode For high gain mode
MDS-C1-VI -000 c1v1sooo ClV1-000
MDS-C1- V 2 - 0 0 0 0 c1v2soooo ClV2-0000
MDS-C1-V145S c 1Vsl4S c1v 1 4 s
MDS-C1 -V2-7070S c1v2s7s7s ClV2-7S7S
MDS-C1 -V2-351 OS C1 V2s3510 ClV2-3510
MDS-C1 -V2-3520S c1v2s3520 C1 V2-3520
I11 - 2
2. Adjustment Procedure
2.1 Initial adjustment
/1\ CAUTION
Do not make remarkable adjustments and changes of the parameters as the operation could
become unstable.
2.1 .I Confirmation of parameters

Confirm thesew0 parameters once again after installing the machine and checking the wiring, etc.
(1) Confirmthatthe sew0 specificationparameterdata(machinespecifications,servosystem

specifications) are correct.
Refer to the SERVO MONITOR screen (3/3)[SERVO DIAGNOSIS] for the servo system, and
confirm that the amplifier
type (UNIT TYP), control method(CONTROL), motor end detector(MOT
DT), machine end detector (MAC DT) and motor(MOTOR) are correct.
SERVO MONITOR (SERVODIAGNOSIS) Screen
I
DIAGNOSIS][SERVO
UNIT TYP
<x> <Y> <2>
3/3
UNIT NO
S W VER
CONTROL
MOT DT
MAC DT
MOTOR
WORK TIME
ALM HlST
for the specifications motor areset.

(2) Confirm that the standard parameters
Refer to the specificationsfor the standard parametersfor each motor type.
I11 - 3
~
. ., .
2.1.2 Adjustment of optimum accelerationldeceleration time constant
The rapid traverse acceleration/deceleration time constants are adjusted according to the following
settings as theydiffer according to the load inertia, friction and motor capacity.
(1) Set the acceleration/deceleration time constant initial value. The basic setting equation is shown
below.
Ts = 1000 (2nN/60) (J, + JL) / (0.8 Tm - TF) (ms)
Ts : Acceleration/deceleration timeconstant (rns)
N : Motor speed duringraFidtraverse(rpm)
J, : Motorinertia(kg0crn.s )
JL : Load
inertia (kg*cms2)
, ,T : Maximum output torque for amplifier (during motor combination) (kgocm)
TF : Motor shaft conversion load torque during rapid traverse (kgocm)
in the NC
(2) The rapid traverseacceleration/decelerationmode is selected and the time constants set
device parameter axis specifications screen.
(3) After reciprocating with rapid traverse for about five times, adjustacceleration/deceleration
the time
constant so that the MAX current 1 value on the servo monitor screen(1/3)is within the optimum
maximum current value range givenin Table 3.1.
Note) If the maximum current value exceeds the optimum maximum current value given in
Table 3.1, the acce'leration/decelerationconstant mustbe increased.
The max. current1 indicates the maximum value (stall current conversionYO(absolute
value)) from whenthe NC power is tumed ON, so the NC power mustbe turned OFF
when repeating rapid traverse operation to confirm the current.
The max. current 2 indicates the absolute valuetheof max. current in2 sec.intervals, so
the powerdoes not need tobe turned OFF when adjusting while looking at this value.
Motor current
J
0 I
l I
Max. current 1
t
0
. Max. current 2
< >
2 sec.
Table 3.1 Max. output torque per motor and optimum max. current
I Standard
2000rpm
motor
I
! Standard
1
3000rpm
motor
Optimum max. Optimum max.
Motor Tmax Motor Tmax
current current
HA40N to 400 14.2 HA053N 355 0.7 210 to 240
25.5 HA80N325 to 365 HA13N 1.4 210 to 240
OON 42.0 HA1 230 to 260 HA23N 2.8 205 to 230 i
HA200N 60.0 200 to 225 HA33N 5.6 205 to 230

87.0 HA300N to 200 HA43N 180 260 to 295 10.2
HA700N 120.0 to 205 HA83N 185 19.2 245 to 275
HASOON 153.0 220 HA1 03N 19540.0
to 220 to 245
HA203N 56.0 185 to 210
HA303N 80.0 160 to 180
HA703N
180to
105.0
160
9 HC52
21 8.8
HC52
366 to 323
11.8 to 249
243 to 4 21
HC103
16.7
321 to 283
HC102
21.6
317HC152
35.3 251 to 222
HC153
28.4
to 359
228HC202
41.7 214
HC203
40.2
to 259 to 243
20959.0
HC352 19155.9
HC353
to 237 to216
Optimum max. Optimum max.

Tmax Motor
current current
HA50NL 13.0 320 to 365 HA53NL 360 to 410 14.1
HAlOONL 20.9 265 to 300 HA1 03NL 22.5 285 to 320
HA150NL 31.,.0 to 315 HA1 53NL 275
22.8 195 to 220
HA200NL 32.0 175 to 195 HA203NL 37.0 200 to 230
HA300NL 52.0 175 to 195 HA303NL 60.0 195 to 225
72.0 145 to 165
HASOONL HA503NL 78.0 155 to 175
HA-LH11K2 158.0 180 to 205
1K5 215.0 195 to 220
HA-LH1
2.1.3 Adjustment of speed gain

(1) The speed related gain is adjusted on theservo adjustment parameter screen. The corresponding
items are2.VGNI (SVOOS), 3.VIA (SV008) and4. VIL (SV007).
VIL (SV007) is used only for the closed loop, so the adjustment procedure will be explained
later.
The standard value for the VIA (SV008) speed integrated gainis 1364, andis set to 1900 when
using the feed fonnrard control orSHG control in the high precision control mode.
(If the machine system resonance frequency is low and the speed loop gainVGNI (SVOOS)
does not increase, the VIA (SV008) may need to be lowered, but in this case, the other values
above will be the standard values and do not need tobe adjusted.)
Servo adjustment parameter screen
[SERVO PARAMI 2/6

<x> <Y> <2> cc>
1 PGNZ ( l/SEC)
2 VGN
3 VIA
4 VIL
5 FFC
6 JL
7 FHz(Ht)
8 TOP(%)
0 LYCl(X)
1 0 LUC2(%)
11 O V S l (%I
12 O V S Z ( W )
The VGNl (SVOOS) optimum value and maximum value will change according to the load so inertia
refer to the following diagram and set the initial
VGNl (SVOOS) value. The following diagram shows
the values when the motor and load are linked, so the motor may vibrate even with a lower setting
when gears are used, or due to the coupling method ball screw
and twisting even
if linking is used. In
that case, lower the value to that which
is SO lower than the value where vibration occurs, and reset.
0 1
0
- 1 2 3
Load inertiascale (load inertialmotor inertia) - 2 3
Load inertia scale (load inertialmotor inertia)
unitsingle
Motor <HC**>
500 I
HC202 HC203
HC352 HC353
400 -H a 5 2 HC453
HC702 HC703
HC902
300
Standard
VGNl
200
\ HC53
100
HClO2
HC152
0 I
1 2 3 4 5
Load inertia scale (all load inertidmotor inertia)
(2) Perform rapid traverseacceleration/decelerationand confirm the following.

Has the load current on the servo monitor screen fluctuated after stopping? (Changed by * l o or
more)
Is vibration still felt in the table and cover? (Vibration may also occurtodue
the hydraulic pump,
etc.)
If the above vibration or abnormal sound occurs, lower
VGNl (SVOOS) by 50 at a time. Set the value
as 0.7 times the gain when the abnormality stopped.
The VGNl (SVOOS) is finely adjusted with the servo amplifier's DA output function. Check the
current stability after
outputting
the
current
command
andperforming
rapid
traverse
acceleratiorVdecelemtion. Set the VGNl (SVOOS) value as0.7times theVGNl (SVOOS) value when
current vibration such as shown below stopped.
Command speed
current
The vibration may occur due to the machine resonance, and if the frequency is known may be
eliminated by settingthe frequency in the machine resonance suppression frequency
FHz (SV038)
without loweringVGNl (SVOOS). If the vibration is eliminated with this setting, raiseVGNl (SV005)
again, and confirm the limit.
If the optional adaptive filter
is mounted, turnON servo parameter"27. SSFl bit F"and the machine
resonance will be eliminated automatically.
I11 - 7
--_ ...... . ~
2.1.4 Zero point return
(1) Parameter settings

1) Servoparameters
The MDS-A/B Series servo does not require special parameter settings even when the1 shot
type scale is used in the closed loop.
2) NC parameters (zero point return parameters)

Basically, the settings are the same as the M300 Series. However, in the M500 Series, the 4.
grspc (grid space) setting unit is mm, and thereis no limit to the setting amount. (In the M300,
the zero point position may deviate if the servo parameter RNG (equivalent to RNGl in the
MDS-A/B Series) if it is not a divisor.)
(2) Theory of zero point

The basic configuration of zero point return is shown
below.
I) The reference for the zero point position is the last Z phase passed before reaching the dog
OFF stop, and theNC creates the hypothetical grid for each grspc from Zthe phase.
2) The position stopped at after the distance(L) from the dog OFF position to the next grid+ the
grid shift amount(G28sft) is moved is the zero point.
7 Motor speed
0 \
I
Z phase
Dog
'I I
I
Zero point reference G28sf t
2 phase c 3
NC hypothetical grid I I
(3) Confirmation of zero point return position

Confirm that the zero point position is correct with the cycle (P)
counter
on the servo monitor screen.
Repeat zero point return about five times, and confirm that the cycle counterisvalue
the same after
reaching the zero point.
(Note) After zero point return, the high speed zero point return mode (not usingZ phase) will be
applied from the second return, so turn OFF the power beforestarting each zeropoint return.
(Dog-type zero point return can be performed without turning the powerOFF each time by
turning ON the automatic dog method or manual dog method in the NC user parameter's
axis parameter.)
2.1.5 Adjustment of absolute position detection

TO confirm the absolute position detection with absolute position deviation, etc., investigation, confirm
the data on the servo monitor's ABSOLUTE POSITION MONITOR screen.
(1) Confirmation of ABSOLUTE POSITION MONITOR screen data
ABSOLUTE POSITION MONITOR Screen
POSITION MONITOR] DlAGN 2 . 2/3

(X) (C)
ABS SYS
POF POS
PON POS
MAC POS
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
Rn 0 0 0 0
Pn 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
No. Display item Description

1 ABSSYS The servo side absolute position detection system is
displayed.
ES : Semi-closed
EC : Ball screw end detection
LS : Absolute position linear scale
2 POF POS (command unit) The absolute position before the power was turned OFF last
is displayed.
3 PON POS (command unit) The absolute position when the power was turned ON this
time is displayed.
(Absolute position detected when power is turned ON.)
4 MAC POS (Command unit) The coordinate value in the NC basic machine coordinate
system is displayed.
5 RO The detector's multi-rotation counter value (motor .
cumulated speed) registered when the reference point was
set is displayed.
6 PO The position in one detector rotation registered when the
reference point was set is displayed.
7 EO The absolute position error registered when the reference
point was setis displayed.
8 Rn The current motor accumulated speed is displayed.
9 Pn The current position inone motor rotationis displayed.
(x division)
10 En The absolute position error when the NC power is turned
OFF is displayed.
11 ABSn (NC interpolation unit) The current absolute position displayed.
12 MPOS The MP scale offset amount when the power is turned ON is
displayed. Other displays may be used for special
specifications.
111 -9
(2) Confirmation of absolute position detection
1) Currentmonitor
OFF and ON several timesin the emergency
Turn the NC power and MDS Series input power
stop state and confirm the following:
Check that the relationof the power OFF position and power ON position is not greatly
deviated. (However, there maybe a difference due to sequential axes or unbalanced axes.)
below, so 4094,4095 -
Confirm that ABSn, Rn and Pn do not move greatly. (However, Pn will change as shown
0, 1 movement can be considered.)
Encoder
X division
type
OHA25K
Rn N+ 1 rN+3
N+ 2
N-
c b
1 motor rotation
Write down the ABSn, Rnand Pn values displayed when the zero point position is set. The
absolute position detection can be confirmed with the following equation when absolute
position deviation occurs.
(Substitute the noted ABSn, Rn and Pn values as ABSO,RO and PO.)
The above values will be displayed on the monitor screen,so confirm that the left side equals
the right sidewith the following equation.
ABSn = (Rn - RO + (Pn - PO)/x} *PIT*PCl/PCZ/hterpolation unit
Machine position= ABSn X Interpolation unit
2.2 Adjustment details

22.1 Vibration or vibration sounds occur
(1) A fine vibration is felt when the machine is touched, or the machine makes
a groaning sound.
I Lower 5. VGNl by 50 at a time. (Lower limit50)
Lower 11. IQG by50 at a time. (Lower limit 128)
Lower 12.IDG by 50 at a time. (Lower limit256)
Set 27. SSFl vfctl(bit 4), vfct2 (bit5) in the following order.
Set 27. SSFl aflt (bitF).

Use both 4) and 5) above.
(2) Vibration and sounds occur during rapid traverse.

1) Lower 5.VGNl by 50 at a time. (Lower limit50)
2) Lower 11. IQG by 50 at atime. (Lower limit 128)
3) Lower 12. IDG by 50 at a time. (Lower limit256)
9 1
4) Set 27. SSFl vf
ctl (bit 4), vfct2 (bit5) in the following order.
vfctl (bit4) vfct2 (bit5)
3)
5) Set 27. SSFl aflt (bitF).

6) Use both 4) and 5 ) above.
7) Set a value that the
is cutting feedspeed + 1OOrpm in 29. VCS and set the same value as
5. VGNl
in 6. VGN2.
I
Repeat rapid traverse, and lower6. VGN2 by 10 at a time. (Lower limit
0)
I11 - 11
2.2.2 The cutting surface precision is poor. The roundness is poor.
(1) The taper and arc45" direction surface precision is poor.

1) Raise 5. VGNl by 20 at a time. (The limit is when vibration or sounds occur when stopping or during
rapid traverse.)
2) Raise 8. VIA by 200 at a time. (Upper limit 2000)
r; Raise 5. VGNl by 20 at a time.

1
(The limitis when vibration or sounds occur when stopping or during rapid traverse.)
Raise 8. VIA by 200 at a time. (Uppeclimit 2000)
When the axis load is unbalanced, perform unbalance torque compensation (32, TOF), and remove
the electrical unbalance element.
Look at the power load [YO]on the I/F diagnosis screen sew0 monitor, and feed the axis with manual
pulse by 10 to20 pulses in the + and - directions. If the current loadis positive, check the maximum
value, and if negative check the minimum value. Set the average of the + and - directions
value
value inTOF.
<Example>
When + direction +50%, - direction -10% {(+50)+(-10)}/2 = +20
When + direction -3o%o, - direction -10% {(-30)+(-10)}/2 = -20
:.
:.
-- 20
-20
TOF
TOF
Select the lost motion compensation type. (Set the 27. SSFl bit 8 or bit 9 to validate lost motion
compensation.)
In the MDS Series, the lost motion compensation type 2 is the standard, and is suitable for the
following cases.
Highspeedmachining Closedloop
Lost motion compensationtype I Lost motion compensationtype 2
Set 27. SSFl lmctl (bit 8). Set 27. SSFl Imct2 (bit 9).
Gradually increase 16. LMCl from 0 by Look at the current load [%] on theI/F diagnoss screen
20. If this is set too high, the axis will eat
sew0 monitor, and feed with manual feed etc. (the feed
into the workpiece. rate is approx. 500 to lOOOmm/m).
Check the currentload value.
I Double the checked value and setit in 16.LMCl.
The 16. LMG1 optimum y a l ~ eis the maximum value where overshoot does not occur when one
pulse is fed and the direction is reversed.
-
If differing compensation amounts - -
are required in the- + direction and+
compensation gain for- + direction in 16. LMC1, and the +
-- direction, set the
- direction compensation gain in
41. LMC2.
Q Too large
111 - 12
~~~ ~
~~~ ~~ ~~
(3)The load fluctuation is large during cutting and vibration or surface precision defects occur.
(Especially during heavy cutting)
I) Raise 5. VGNI by 20 at a time.
(The limit is when vibration or sounds occur when stopping or during rapid traverse.)
2) Raise 8. VIA by 200 at a time. (Upper limit
2000)
2.2.3 Overshooting occurs during positioning.A limit cycle occurs.
(I) For semi-closed loop

1) Raise 5. VGNI by 50 at a time.
2) Raise 8. VIA by 200 at a time. (Upper limit
2000)
Note 1. If the overshoot amount is large(5p or more), confirm the droop on servo
the monitor screen, and if
the same amountof overshooting occurs, take the above measures.
If no improvements are seen after the above measures are taken, set to approx.20, or
3.PGN1
increase the axis specifications
acceleration/deceleration time constant.
-
If the droop does not overshoot, the motor is
overshooting. Adjust the machine system.
itself
not overshooting and only the machine system is
(2)For f u l l closed loop

1) Raise 5. VGNI by 50 at a time.
2) Raise 8. VIA by200 at a time. (Upper limit 2000)
3) Lower 3.PGNI by 5 at a time. (Lower limit 20.)
However, set the interpolation between axes to the same value.
4) Set 27.SSFI ovstl(bit A), and increase 31. OVSI by 2% at a time from2. (Upper limit IO)
After settingOVSl, turn theNC power OFF and ON once.
5) Set 27.SSFI vcntl(bit 0), and increase7.VIL by 15 at a time from 0. (Upper limit 656)
6) Return 27. SSFI vcntl (bit 0)to 0, set vcnt2 (bitl), and raise 7. VIL by 65 at a time from 0.
(Upper limit 1640)
7) Try combining4) and 5 ) , or 4) and 6 ) .
Note 1. If the overshooting or limit cycle
is improved with5 ) but the response is poor, perform the same
measure as 6).
Note 2. In case of full-closed loop as with Note1 for the semi-closed loop,if the droop on the sew0 monitor
-
screen is not overshooting, the overshooting is not occurring near the scale, and only the machine
system is overshooting. Adjust the machine system.
I11 - 13
.
2.2.4 Accumulated feed occurs with pulse feed
(1) Command several pulses, and confirm that the droop corresponding to the command pulse is
occurring by checking the droop on the sew0 monitor screen.
Droop is occurring Droop is not occurring
!
1) Raise 5 . VGNl by 50 at a time. 1) Movement has been made to near the
(The limit is when vibration
or sounds position detector (scale, ball screw end
occur when stoppingor during rapid detector) in the motoror full closed loop.
traverse.) The following machine system is
2) Raise 8. VIA by 200 at a time.
(Upper limit2000)
Perform the same measures as 1.2.3 (2)
-
accumulated feed.
Adjust the machine system.
L 5).
2.3 Adjustment of special functions

2.3.1 High precision control mode
Whenperforminghigh
precision
control,
the
various
parameters
for
performing
acceleration/
deceleration before interpolation, feed forward control and SHG control, etc. must be set.
(1) Outline
The delaycausedbytheNCsidecommandtimeconstants is removedwithacceleration/
decelerationbeforeinterpolation.Thedelaycausedbytheposition loop ontheservosideis
corrected only withfeed forward control in the
M300 Series, but the correction has been stabilized in
the M500 Series by combining SHGcontrol andfeed forward control.
(2) Basic parameters for high precision control

Servo parameter setting procedure to use
SHG control
No. No. Parameter name Parameter Details

1 SV003 PGNl When using SHG control in the position loop gain,
2 svoo4 PGN2 set these three parameters with the following
SHGC SV057 combination.
3
When performing SHG control with the speed integral
4 SV008 VIA
gain, set 1900.
I I 5 SVOl5 1 FFC
set aain.
forward
feed
I
When performing SHG control with the acceleration
100. I
Class
Parameter I Combination of parameters during
SHG control 11 Remarks II
name
I No.? I No.2 I N0.3
PGNl I 33 I 38 I 47 I 1
I Position control
parameters
PGN2
SHGC
VIA
86
Ia7
1900
102
1900
125
281 225
I900
I Speed control \
parameters Set 50 when using the

FFC 100 100 loo
1 L
low inertia motor.
Always observe the above relation for the three parameters related to position control.
Setting the same value asPGNl and setting SHG control will double the conventional control's
position loop gain and
be effective.
As the response duringacceleration/deceleration in SHG control is smoother than the
if PGNl = 33 (l/S) in the conventional position control, further gain
conventional position control,
up may be possible with SHGcontrol.
I11 - 15
Y..yuuT(D ,
SHG control effect

The SHG control is capable of compensating the position tracking error that occurs with the
servo positionloop time constant as with the conventional feed forward control. The equivalent
1 to 3 are shown below.
feed forward gains for the above No.
,
No. PGNl PGN2 SHGC Equivalentfeed forward (%)
1 86 33 187 87
2 38 102 225 90
3 47 281 125 94
the = 33 conventional control.

The equivalent feed forward comparison are all based on PGNl
Combination with feed forward control

If a compensation close to 100% is required, combine the use with feed forward control.
In this case, the setting limit of the feed forward gain (fwd_g) is 40%. (Theoretically, 50% is
equivalent to 1OOYO,but excessive overshooting will occur. If under 40%, the overshooting may
occur due to the machine,so determine the value by adjusting.)
Setting limits
All axes must be matched for the SHG control parameters (PGNl , PGN2, SHGC) and feed
forward gain (fwdg). (For interpolation axis)
1) Calculation of equivalent feed forwardYOduring SHG control.

(The equivalent feed forward gain is compared to when PGN1=33.)
Equivalent FF (%) = 100 41- ( PGNl

33 )2
YOduring SHG control+ feed forward control

2) Calculation of equivalent feed forward
~~ ~~ ~~
Equivalent FF (YO)
= 100 f w d L 33 )2
50 )2'x( 2.PGN1
Setting of feed forward gain
SHG
Nom
control fwdJ Equivalent feed fonuard gain
(%) Equivalent FFGis the
~
comparison of when
1 No.1 40 95 PGNl=33 SHG control
2 No.2 40 97
is not being used.
3. Troubleshooting (MDS-A/B Series)

3.1 Status display
/1\ WARNING I
I. Do not touch the switches with wet hands. Failure to observe this could lead to electric shocks.
3. Do not open the front cover whole the powerON
is or during operation. Failure to observe this
A CAUTION
1. Always check the parameters before starting. Depending on the machine, unforeseen operation
could take place.
2. Do not touch the servo amplifier fins, regenerative resistor
or servomotor, etc., while the power is
turned ON or immediately after turning the power
OFF. Some parts are heated to high
temperatures, and touching these could lead to bums.
The state of the drive unit is displayed on the 7-segment display on the drive unit and the NC servo
monitor screen.
Confirm one of these displays before troubleshooting.
Caution: The machine's power distribution box door must be opened to confirm the drive unit's 7-
segment display. Take special care not to touch the conductive parts at this time.
(1) 7-segmentdisplay
The drive unit state is indicted with the 7-segment display on the drive unit.
When an alarm occurs, the alarm No. will be displayed. If several alarms occur simultaneously for
No. will be displayed.
one axis, the latest alarm
Sento Drive Unit Status Display

Amplifier display NC display Details
AA
(No display)
(When NC power ON OFF) -
Initializing. Standby forNC power start up
Initializing. Standby forNC power start up

Ab
(When NC power has not been turned ON yet)
AC Initializing. Requesting parameter transmission
Ad Initializing. Requesting parameter conversion
A€ servo main for tandby IT start
Servo OFF
F# - 9*
F# -. E*
9*
E*
Servo ON
Warning
(* is 0 to F. Note "E6","E7" and "EA" are status displays).
F# -. ** ** Alarm occurrincr
# : Axis No.
* : Warning No.
** : Alarm No. (Refer to <Servo alarm> <Warning> Tables on following pages.)
I11 - 17
The status display after initializing will repeat lighting and going out per axis and show the axes
in
order. An exampleis shown below.
(Example 1) 1st axis in a single-axis drive unit. Display of servo ON state.
(Example 2) With the above axis. Displayof emergency stop signal input from NC.
(Example 3) L axis is 1st axis,

M axis is 2nd axisin 2-axes integrated drive unit. Display
of servo ON
state.
r
-
. (
L i
) (Not lit)
L axis state M axis state
(Example 4) With the above axes. Display of motor overheat alarm (No.
46) in L axis. (Emergency
stop is applied onM axis)
> - r n
(Not (Flicker)
L axis state
l
i
d
)
-(Flier)
E 7
(Flicker)
M axis state '(Not lit) 7
(2) Servo monitor screen display(NC screen)

The NC will display the servo alarm inNo.
the servo alarm columnin the servo monitor screen when
an alarm occursin the drive unit. TheNos. are the same as the drive unit's 7-segment display but,
may differ depending on the alarm details. (Ex. When isthere
an obstaclein the communication with
the drive unit.)
Nothing will display when operations are normal.
Theservomonitorscreen isdisplayedbypressingtheNC functionselectionkey 1-

(diagnosis), and then pressing menu key ISERVO MONITOR1 .
The servo alarm Nos. may display on other screens depending on the NC type. Refer to the NC
instruction manual for details on this.
-
plry
11
Abbr.
ASE sewion
Name
error
Meaming
The axis setting rotary switchwas set illegal in the

2-axes integrated drive unit.
Release Class
AR c
Alarmtwaming
check Per
i
d
f l f 2 f 3 f 4
0 - - -
The memoryIC (SRAM or FLROM) check sum was c
12 ME Memory error AR 0 - - -
illegal.
The software data processingwas not completed
13 SWE processing within the normal time. Includes peripheral G/A PR c - 0 0 0
error
errors.
The differential inputof the U, V, or W phase of the
16 RDl ,de position detection pole position detectiin signal of the OHE type PR A - 0 0 -
mr
- detector wre both "H"or "L".
The AD converterfor current detection did not
17 A9E converter error PR A - o - -
- function correctly during initialization.
The absolute positionor pole position datafrom the
18 VVAT
communication OHA type detector or serial pulse encoder was not PR A - o - -
r m
corredly sent.
&rial detector The initial communication with the serial encoder
1A I;El mmunication error installed on the ball screw end was not possible.
PR A - 0
SUB)
An error was detectedin the data stored in the
1B ;cpu > P U error (SUB) EEROM of the serialpulse encoder installed on the PR A - 0 0 0
- ball screw end. (Alarm output by the detector.)
Deteriorationof the LEDs in the serial pulse
1c bled ED error (SUB) encoder installed onthe ball screw end was PR A - 0 0 0
- detected. (Alarm outputby the detector.)
An error was detected in the per rotation position
1D aat )ata error (SUB) data of the serial pulse encoder installed on ballthe A -
PR 0 0 0
screw end. (Alarm output by the detector.)
The thermal protectorbuilt in the detector operated
detector thermal A PR- 0 0 0
1E ;OH€ in the serial pulse encoder installed
on the ball
wmr (SUB)
screw end. (Alarm output by the detector.)
hrnmunication error Communication withthe detector in the serial pulse
1F i
t
re encoder installed on
the ball screw end was cutoff.
PR A - 0 0 -
SUB)
of the A, B or 2 phase signal
The differential input
20 JSl 40 signal detected1 from the motor end installation detectorwere both PR A - 0 0 -
- "H" or "L". (Software detectionin B Series.)
The differential inputof the A, B or Z phase signal
21 rls2 rlo signal detected2 from the machine end installation detector were both PR A - 0 0 -
"H"or "L". (Software detection in B Series.)
The absolute position datain the absolute position
25 W E AR A - o - -
- position lost
I\b6olute detector was lost.
A powt3r module erroroccurred in theaxis that is not
26 NAE Not used axis error being controlled set as
"F*' by theaxis setting rotary PR c - 0 0 0
switch in the 2-axes integrated drive unit.
Absolute position An error was detected in the CPU of the absolute

27 SCCPC detection scale CPU position linearscale. (Alarm output by the PR A - 0 0 0
- error detector.)
The scale moved atmore than45mdsec during
Absolute position
20 SOSP
overspeed
scale.
initialization with the absolute position linear PR A - o - -
(Alarm output from the linearscale.)
A hardware error was detected in the absolute
Absolute position
29 SABS
amiterror position detectioncircuit of the absolute position PR A - o o c
- linear scale. (Alarm output by the linear scale.)
A hardware error was detected in the relative
Relativeposition
2A SlNC position detection circuitof the absolute position PR A - 0 O C
circuit error
linear scale. (Alarm output by the linear scale.)
A CPU error was detectedin the serial pulse
26 SCPU Scale CPU error encoder installed onthe motor end. (Alarm output PR A - 0 0 0
by the detector.)
I11 - 19
3. Troubleshooting (MDS-AlB Series)
Dis-
I r T Alann/waming
I
play
Abbr. Name
Deterioration of theLEDsinthe
Meaming
serial pulse 1
lelease
t
2c SLED ScaleLEDerrorencoderinstalledonthemotorendwasdetected. PR
(Alarm output by the detector.)
An error was detected in the per rotation position
2D SDAT Scale dataerrordata of the serial pulseencoderinstalledonthe PR
motor end. (Alarm output by the detector.)
Communication withthe OHA type detector or
communication PR
2F STRE serial pulse encoder installed on the motor end and
error
the detector was cut off.
31 os OveFSpeed ~~ ~
The motor speed reached 1.2 times
~
the
rated speed. PR
Power module An overcurrentwas detected in the IPM used in the PR
32 PMOC
overcurrent servo drive's
circuit.
main
A CRC erroroccurred in the communication data PR C
34 DP CRC error
from the NC. -
35 DE Data error
The movement command data from the NC is PR A
abnormally large. -
The cyclic data transmissionfrom the NCwas PR
36 TE Transmission error C
terminated. -
There is error in the servo parameters transmitted A
37 PE Parameter error PR
from the NC duringservo drive initialization. -
There was an errorin the communication protocol
38 TP1 Protocol error1 PR C
with the NC. (Frame error)
There was an error inthe communication protocol PR A
39 TP2 Protocol error 2
with the NC. (Information error) -
3A oc Overcurrent
An
excessive
current flowed to the motor. PR A
Overheating of the IPM used in theservo driver's PR A
38 PMOH Power module Overheat
main circuit was detected.
(1)
. . A skip of the detector feedback signal pulse
occurred in the OHE type or OHA type detector
used in thesemi-closed loop system and ball
42 FE 1 Feedback error 1 screw
end closed loop
system. PR
(2) A skip of the detector feedback signal pulse in
the low-speed serial type absolute position
linear scale.
A deviationoccurred in the feedback amount from
43 FE2 Feedbackerror 2 the motorenddetectorandmachineenddetectorin PR
the closed loop system.
46 OHM Motor oveheat The motor or detedor thermal
protector
operated. NR
The motor current operatedin the range set with
50 OL 1 Overload
the
1 overload
detection level (parameter OLL) and NR
-
~ _ _ _ _ ~
overload time constant (parameter OLT).
A current commandwith a maximum output current
51 Overload 2 NR
- OL2 exceeding 95% continued for 1 secondor more.
The actual position to the command exceeded the
52 OD1 Excessive error 1 excessive errorwidth 1 (parameter OD1) when the NR
servo was turned ON.
_ _ ~~
actual position tothe command exceeded the

53 OD2 Excessive error 2 excessiveerrorwidth 2 (parameterOD2)whenthe NR
servo
~-
was turned OFF.
The motor currentdid not flow when the excessive
54 OD3 Excessiveerror 3 error1alarmwasdetected.(Addedwiththe B NR
- Series.)
-
58 CLEO Collision
detection 0 I
A collision detection type 1 error was detected
durina the GO modal (rapid traverse).
~ ~~
NR
A collision detection type 1 error was detected

59 CLEl Collision detection NR
during the G1 modal (cuttingfeed). I
Abbr. Name Meaming

1
r
Release Class
I Alarmhuaming
check Deriod
f l f 2
Acollisiondetection type 2 errorwasdetected. I NR A - -
An error occurred in the power supply unit. (Refer to
82 INSP Power supply no signal supply or incorrect connection was detected. c - 0

(Only A Series)
The servo amplifier software process
was not
Watch dog
executed within the designated time.
AR c 0 0
<Sew0 warnings>
Dis-
plsr
90
--I Name Meaming
Initial communication with the low-speed serial

type absolute position linear scale was not
possible.
Release Class
PR I A
Alarmhvaming
check period I
91
I
The absolute position serial data
sentfromthe
serial type absolute
position
linear
was not properly
OHA type detectorand low-speed
scale.
II - I
I
A
92 The format of the serial data from the OHA type - A

detector wasincorred.
93 wAM
I
Absolute
position
fluctuation
tumed
The absolute position counter cannot
absolute position data fluctuated when NC
was ON.
be set as the
the power
IPRIA
96 MPE
1'
MP scale feedback
error
In the MP scale absolute detection system, an
excessive deviationin the motor end installation
detector and MP scale feedbadc amount was
detected.
- A
97
I
MP scale offset error
In the MP scale absolute position detection
system, an error was detected in the offset data
read when theNC power was tumed ON.
PR A
9€ WAN
9f wAB
I
High-speed serial mu)ti-
rotation counter
Batteryvow
IAn error was detected in the multi-rotation counter
in the serial pulse encoder installed on the motor
end or ball screw end.
The voltage of the battery supplied to the absolute -
- A
A
position detector dropped.
El WOL
I
Overload
warning
An 80% level of the overload 1 alarm was detected.
(If operation is continued, the overload1 alarm may
occur.) - IC
E3
E4
WAC
W E
Absolute position The absolute position counter value
absolute position mustbe initialized.
is illegal.The
A parameter exceeding the setting range was set.

Parameter error warningThe illegal parameterw i l l be ignored andthe
previously set valuewill be held. ct
111 - 21
3. Troubleshooting (RADS-A/B Series)
<Status displays other than alarms and warnings>
Alarmhnaming
Dm-
Abbt. Name Meaming Release Class check ,
play
~
f l f Z f 3 f 4
E6 AXE Removing control axis The axis removal command is input from the NC. - A - 0 0 0
E7 NCE NC emergency stop The emergency stop command is input from the NC. - c - 0 0 0
E8- A warning was generated with the power supply
EB unit.
(Refer to the power supply unit item for
details.)
[Release]
AR : The alarm is released by turning the servo drive unit power
OFF and ON.
PR : The alarmis released by turning theNC power OFF and ON.
NR : The alarmis released by NC reset.
is lowered passed the reset
(However, overload alarm"50cannot be released until the load
level (50% of the current value on the monitor screen.))
- Automatically restored when the warning state is eliminated.
[Class]
c : Detects both axes even during the Z-axes integrated drive unit.
A : Detects each axis independently.
[Alarm/waming checkperiod]
fl : When servo drive unit power is turned
ON.
f 2 : When NC power is turned ON (emergency stopON)
ON)
f 3 : During normal operation (servo
f4 : During axis removal (ready
ON, sew0 OFF)
(Note' : Warning "93" may occur after axis removal while installing the axis again.)
3. Troubleshooting (MDS-NB Series)
3.2 Troubleshooting per servo alarm

A CAUTION
When an alarm occurs, remove the cause of the alarm, confirm that an operation signal
is not
being input, and secure the safety. Then reset the alarm to resume operation.
When an alarm occurs in the spindle drive, the servo will Oturn
F F and the motor will coast to a stop. Turn
the power OFF with an external sequence.
To release the alarm, remove the cause and then turn the power ON.
(1) Alarm No. Axis selectionerror(only MDS-NB-V2)

[Meaning] Illegal setting of the axis setting rotary switch in the drive unit.

1 Confirm the rotary switch setting.One setting is 7 E.- Correctly set. (Set aNo. that is
the axis No. minus 1.)
The L axis and M axis are set to Same as above.
the same No.
None of the above. Replace the drive unit.
(2) Alarm No. 1121 error

Memory 1 period
Alarm check
[Meaning] Error in thedriveunitmemoryIC (SRAM orFLROM)and If1 I f2 I f3 I
I f4
peripheral G/A

Always occurs. Replace the drive unit.
Returns to normal once, but Perform investigation item2.
recurs periodically.
2 Check for abnormalitiesin the No special abnormalities were Replace the drive unit.
unit's peripheral environment. found.
(Ex. ambient temperature, An abnormalitywas found in the Take measures according to the
noise, grounding) ambient peripheral environment. cause.
Ex. High temperature .....
confirm cooling fan
Grounding not enforced.....
add grounding measures.
111 - 23
(3) Alarm No. Software

processing
error
[Meaning] The drive unit software data processing was not completed
within the normal time or an illegal
IT process was input.

Check whether the sew0 Changed Try replacing with the drive unit
software version was changed with the original software version.
recently.
Not changed. Perform investigation item 2.
Replace the drive unit.
Always occurs. Confirm the repeatability.
~ Check for abnormalities in the No special abnormalities were Replace the drive unit.
(Ex. ambient temperature, ~n abnormalrty was found in the Take measures according - to the
Ex. High temperature ...._
, ,
confirm cooling fan
Grounding not enforced .....
(4) Alarm No. position

Pole
detection
error 1 : I q ~ ; h ~ ; ~ ~ r i ~
[Meaning] Error in the output of the OHE type detector (motor end
installation)
phases U, VI W - 0 0 0
1) When the "H" differential inputsfrom the U, V or W phases * '
are both"L".
2) When the states of theU, V and W phases are all "H" or
"L".
- Investigation item Investigation results Remedy

1 Check theservo parameter or "3" is set in the parameter Correctly set.
" O n
(SV25) setting value. detector setting position even

though the OHE type detector is
not connected.
- The setting is correct. Perform investigation item2.
2 Tug the connector by hand to Disconnected (loose). Correctly connect.
check whether the detector
connector (unit side and detector
side) isnot loose.
Not disconnected. Perform investigation item3.
3 OFF and. check A connection defect was found. Replace
Turn the detector cable.
the power
the detectorcable connection
with a tester.
- Connection was normal. Perform investigation item4.
4 Try connecting with another The alarm is on the unit. Replace the drive unit.
normal axis unit and check The alarm is on the detector. Replace the detector (motor).
whether the defectis on the unit
side or detector side. (Refer to
section incautions
theI 2.3.) I I
(5) Alarm No. 1171 AD converter error Alarmcheckeriod

[Meaning] AD converter IC error in the drive unit
- 0 - -
1 Confirm the repeatability. Always occurs. Replace the drive unit.
2 for abnormalities in the Replace the drive unit.
No special abnormalities were Check
(Ex. ambient temperature, An abnormalitv was found in the Take measures according to the
Ex. High temperature __...
confirm cooling fan
Alarmcheckeriod
(6) Alarm No. Initial
communication
error
[Meaning] Initialcommunicationwiththedetectorwasnotpossibleina - 0 - -
system using the OHA type detector (motor endor ball screw
end installation)or serial pulse encoder.

1 Check the servo parameter "5' or " 9 is set in the
"l", Set correctly.
parameter detector setting
position even though theOHA
type detector is not connected.
The setting is correct. Perform investigation item2.
2 Tug the connector by hand to Disconnected (loose). Correctly connect.
check whether the detector Not disconnected. Perform investigation item3.
side) is not b se.
3 Turn the powerOFF and check A connection defect was found. Replace the detector cable.
the detector cable connection
with a tester.
Connection was normal. Perform investigation item4.
The alarm is on the unit. Replace the drive unit.
normal axis unit and check The alarm is on the detector. Replace the motor (detector).
(7) Alarm No. @ Serial pulse encoder communication error (SUB)

[Meaning] The initial communication with the serial encoder installed
on
the ball screw end was not possible.

1 Perform the items 2 and following
for alarm No. "18".
I11 - 25
,
( 8 ) Alarm No. Serial pulse

encoder CPU error (SUB) Alarm
check eriod
[Meaning] An error was detected in the data stored in theEEROM of the
serial
pulse
encoder
installed
on
the
ball
screw
end. - 0 0 0

i
for alarm No. "18 ' .
(9) Alarm No. Serial pulseencoder LED error (SUB)

[Meaning] Deterioration of the LEDs in the serial pulse encoder installed
on the ball screw endwas detected.

1 Perfom the items2 and following
for alarmNo. "18'.
(10) Alarm No. Serial pulse

encoder data error (SUB) Alarm
check eriod
[Meaning] An error was detected in the per rotation position data of the
serial
pulse
encoder
installed on the ball screw
end. - 0 0 0
,
(Alarm outputby the detector.)
Investigation item ~ Investigation results Remedy

for alarm No. "18.
Aqn;hy;31ri;d,
(11) Alarm No. Serial pulseencoderthermalerror
weaning] The thermal protectorbuiltin the detectoroperatedin the - 0 0 0
serial pulse encoder installed on the
ball screw end.

for alarm No. ''18".
(12) Alarm No. Serial pulse encodercommunication error (SUB)

[Meaning] Communication with the detectorin the serial pulse encbder
installed on the ball screw endwas cut off.
Investigation item Investigation resub Remedy

for alarm No. "18.
-
I11 26
(13) Alarm No. No

detected
signal 1 eriod
check
Alarm
[Meaning] Error in the OHE,OHA type detector (motor end installation)
A,
B or 2 phase - 0 0 0
Investigation item Investigation r e su k Remedy
Check theservo parameter "0'or "3" is setin the parameter Correctly set.
(SV25) setting value. detector setting position even
though the OHE or OHA type
detector is not installed.
Tug the connectorby hand to Disconnected (loose). Correctly connect.
check whether the detector Not disconnected. Perform investigation item3.
cOnnecfOr (unit side and detector
side) is notloo~e.
Turn the power OFF and check A connection defect was found. Replace the detector cable.
the detector cable connection Connection was normal. Perform investigation item4.
with a tester.
Try connecting with another The alarmis on the unit. Replace the drive unit.
normal axis unit and check The alarmis on the detector. Perform investigation item5.
the cautions in section 2.3.)
Check for abnormalities in the No special abnormalities were Replace the motor (detector).
'unit's peripheral environment. found.
(Ex. ambient temperature, An abnormality was found in the Take measures according to the
confirm coolingfan
(14) Alarm No. 1211 No signal detected2

weaning] Error in the OHE-ET, OHA-ET type detector or each sale
(machine end installation)A, B or 2 phase.
Investigation b m Investigation results Remedy

Check the servo parameter "4","5"," 8 ' or "9' is set inthe Correctly set.
(-5) setting. parameter detector setting
position even though theOHE-
ET or OHA-ET type detector or
each scale is not connected.
__ ~ _ _
The valueis correct.-- Perform investigationitem 2.

Perform the items foralarm "20".
111 - 27
. .I"
(15) Alarm No. 1251 Absolute

check
Alarm
position
lost period
[Alleaning] When absolute position data is lost.
This occurs when the power in the absolute position
detector is lost, and will return to normal when the unit's
2OOVAC is reset and zero point return is performed again.
~~~ ~~ ~~
Investigation item Investigation reSub Remedy

Check whether the absolute Was disconnected. Reset the amplifier's
2OOVAC
position detector cable (including Guideline: power and perform zero point
battery connection cable) was left At delivery: return again.
disconnected for a while. 20 hours or more
After 5 years:
10 hours or more
Was not disconnected. Perform investigation item 2.
Check whether a battery error Alarm occurred. Check the battery voltage.
alarm occurred recently.
Did not occur. Perform investigation item3.
Tug the detector connector (unit Was disconnected(loose). Correctly connect.
and detector side) tosee if it has Was not disconnected. Perform investigation item4.
disconnected.
Also check the cable between
the battery unit and drive unit.
Turn the powerOFF and check A. connection defect was found. Replace the detector cable.
the detector cablewnnedon
with a tester.
Connection was normal. Perform investigation item5.
Check the repeatability. Does not recur. Perform investigation item7 , and
Perform zero point return again. if thereis no error, continue to
Use.
Always recurs. Perform investigation item6.
Returns to normal once, but
Try connecting with another The alarm is on the unit. Replace the drive unit.
normal axis unit and check The alarm is on the detector. Perform investigation item7.
whether the defect is on the unit
the cautions in section2.3.)
ambient peripheral environment. cause.grounding)
noise,
codfirm cooling fan
Grounding not enforced._.
..
(16) Alarm
period
check
Alarm No.
error
axisusedNot
[Meaning] A IPM alarm is occurring in an axis that is set"F"
asin the unit
axis settingrotary switch and which is not being controlled.
(Alarm only for 2-axes integrated drive unit)
~ ~~~~

Check whether a wire is Connected. Perform the items for alarm
No.
connected to the motor output "32".
terminal block( U W ) for the Not connected. Perform investigation item2.
axis set as"F".
Check the repeatabillty. Always recursor returns to Perform investigation item3.
normal but recurs Deriodicallv.
Does not recur. Perform investigation item3, and
if there is no error, continue to
use.
Check for abnormalities in the No special abnormalities were Replace the drive unit.
confirm cooling fan
Grounding not enforced..
...
(17) Alarm No. Absolutepositiondetectionscale CPU error Alarm check Deriod

[Meaning] The CPU in the absolute position linear scale did not operate
correctly. (Alarm output by the linear scale.)
Investigation item Investigation results Remed

1 Tug the detectorcable Is disconnected (orloose).
connector (unit side and NC Not disconnected.
7
side) tosee if it is disconnected.
2 Turn thepower OFF and check Connection is faultv.
the detector cable connection Connection is connect. Perform investigation item3.
7
with a tester.
the cautionsin section 2.3.)
4 ~~~~~ ~
Check for abnormalities in the No special abnormalities were Replace the detector (linear
unit's peripheral environment. found. scale.)
noise, grounding.) ambient peripheral environment.cause.
Ex. High temperature _....
confirm cooling fan
I11 - 29
-.-, .,, ,
(18) Alarm No. 1281 Absolute position overspeed Alarm check period 1
weaning] The scale moved at more than 45mm/sec during initialization

when NC poweris turned ON with the absolute value linear:
scale. (Alarm output from the linear scale.)
~~
Investigation kern Investigation resub Remedy

Check the absolute value linear The specifications are not for the Set the SV025: MTYP parameter
scale specifications. absolute value linear scale. correctly.
The specifications are for the Perform investigation item 2.
absolute value linear scale.
Is the machine moving during theIs moving. Check the motor mechanical
alarm? brakes and machine system.
Is not moving. Perform investigation item 3.
Tug the detector connector (unit Was disconnected(loose). Correctly connect.
and detector side) tosee if it has
disconnected.
Was not disconnected. Perform investigation item 4.
Turn the powerOFF and check A connection defect was found. Replace the detector cable.
the detector cable connection Connection was normal. Perform investigation item 5.
with a tester.
Try connectingwith another The alarm is on the unit. Replace the drive unit.
normal axis unit and check The alarm is on the detector. Perform investigation item 6.
the cautionsin Section 2.3.)
Check for abnormalities in the No special abnormalities were Replace the detector (linear
unit's peripheral environment. found. &le).
(Ex. ambient temperature, An abnormalrty was found in the Take measures according to the
noise, grounding) ambient peripheral environment.
, ,
confirm cooling fan
Grounding not enforced.. ...
(19) Alarm No. Absolute

position
detection
circuit
error liia~;h~~3~ri;d
[Meaning] An error O C C U K ~in~ the absolute position detection side circuit
oftheabsolutepositionlinearscale.(Outputfromthelinear - 0 0 0
Scale)

1 Perform the items for alarm No.
'I28l.
111 - 30
(20)Alarm No. Relativepositiondetectioncircuiterror

[Meaning] An error was detected in the linear scale side absolute position
detection circuit. (Output from the linear scale)

Is the machine moving during the Is not moving) Perform investigation item3.
alarm? Is moving Perform investigation item2.
Is moving Check whether movementPerform
is investigation item3.
normal atlow speeds. Is not moving Check the cautionary items
before turning the power ON.
Check the wiring
Check the parameters
Tug the detector cable (unit andWas disconnected (loose). Correctly connect.
detector side) tosee if it has Was not disconnected. Perform investigation item4.
disconnected.
Turn the power OFF and check A connection defect was found. Replace the detector cable.
the dekstor cable connection Connection was normal. Perform investigation item5 .
with a tester.
the cautions in section2.3.)
confirm cooling fan
(21) Alarm No. Serial pulseencoder CPU error

[Meaning] An error was detected in the data stored in the EEROM
of the
serial pulse encoder connected to the motor end.
(Alarm output from the detector or the linear scale.)

1 Perform item3 and following of
alarm No. "2A".
(2Z)Alann No. Serial pulse

encoder LED error
mning] Deterioration of the LEDs in the serial pulse encoder
connected tothe motor end was detected.
(Alarm output from the detector or the linear scale.)

c alarm No. "X.
I11 - 31
~*.... .
(23) Alarm No. (2D( Serial
weaning]
pulse
encoder
serial
pulse
data
encoder
error
An error was detected in the per rotation position data of the
connected
the
motor
to end.
(Alarm output from the detector)
, kimph~kqri;d,
- 0 0 0

alarm No. "2A".
(24) Alarm No. Detector

communication
error
[Meaning] Communication with theOHA type detector or serial pulse
encoder connected to the motor end and the detectorwas cut
Off.
-
1 Perform item 3 and following
of
alarm No. "2A".
(25) Alarm No. 1311 Overspeed

weaning] The motor speed is exceeding the tolerable speed.

I Is the machine moving during theIs not moving Perform investigation item5.
alarm? Is moving Perform investigation item2.
2 Is moving Check whether movementPerform
is investigation item3.
speeds.
normal at low Is not moving Check the cautionary items
before turning the power ON.
Check the wiring
3 Check thesew0 parameter The
motor
has
3000mmCorrectly
set.
(MTYP) setting value:. specifications, but is set for
2000rpm.
4 Is the rapid traverse rate too Is too high. Correct to below the ratedspeed.
high? Is set to below the ratedspeed. Perform investigation item5.
Motor speed=
Rapid traverse rate(mm/min) x pc2
Ball screw lead (mm) PC1
5 80% or moreof the maximum Check Lower the rapid
whether the traverse time
time constant
is too low. value is displayed. constant so that the current value
, 0 Check the current value during rapid traverse
1 . - on the servo
displayed acceleration/decelertion is less
I I monitor screen.
The setting is less than 80% of
the maximum value.
than 80% of the maximum value.
Perform investigation
- item 6.
6 Perform items 2 and followingin

alarm No. "28'.
111 - 32
(26) Alarm No. 1321 Power module overcurrent

peaning] An overcurrent was detected in the IPM used by the servo
drive. I 1 - 1
0
- 1 - 1

1 Are theUVW phases on the unitThere is a short circuit or Replace theUVW wires.
output short circuited. conductivity.
Disconnect theUVW wires
from the terminal block and No conductivity. Perform investigation item 2.
the motor cannon plug and
check betweenUVW with a
tester.
2 Check theUVW wires for a There is a short circuit
or Replace theU W wires.
ground fault. conductivity.
Check between the UVW No conductivlty. Perform investigation item3.
I wiresandgroundingwitha
tester in the itemIstate.
3 Check for a motor ground fault. There is a short circuit or Replace the motor.
Check betweenthe U W conductivity.
wires and groundingwith a No conductivity. Perform investigation item4.
megger testerin the item1 (Same level as other axes)
state.
Check the servo parameter The settings are incorrect. Correctly set.
setting values.
Refer to the adjustment
procedures.
The settings are correct. Perform investigation item5.
5 Tug the detector connector (unitWas disconnected (loose). Correctly connect.
I
~~ ~ ~
and detector side) to see if it has Was

not
disconnected. Perform
investigation
item 6.
disconnected.
with a tester.
7 Check the repeatability. Does not recur. Perform investigation item9.
Recurs periodically. Perform investigation item9.
Always recurs. Perform investigation item8 .
8 Try connectingwith another The alarm is on the unit. Replace the drive unit.
normal axis unit and check Replace the motor (detector). The alarm is
the cautionsin section 2.3.)
9 Check for abnormalities in the No special abnormalities were Wait.
confirm cooling fan
I11 - 33
No. Alarm
(27) Alarmcheck CRC error period
f4
weaning] A CRC error occurredin the communication data from the NC. f l f2 f3
- 0 0 0
~~

Tug the connection connectors The connectors are Correctly connect.
between the NC and drive unit, disconnected (loose).
battery unit and drive unit, and Not disconnected. Perform investigation item
2.
between drive units tosee ifthey
are loose. Check that an
excessive force is not being
applied on the connector section.
Turn the powerOFF and check A connection defectwas found. Replace the communication
the connection of the cable.
communication cable in item 1 Connection is normal. Perform investigation item
3.
with a tester. Try replacing with a
normal cable.
Check whether the NC and driveWas changed. Try returning to the original
unit software versionwas software version.
recently changed. 1
If the problem is not solved,
perform investigation item 4.
Not changed. Perform investigation item 4.
Replace with another normal The alarm is on the unit side. Replace the drive unit.
unit, and check whether the errorThe amplifier is not the cause. Perform investigation item5.
is on the NC side or unit side. I
Check for abnormalities in the No special abnormalities were I Replace the MCP card on theNC
unit's peripheral environment. found. side.
noise, grounding) ambient peripheral environment.cause.
Ex. High temperature.....
confirm cooling fan
...
Alarm. check period

(28) Alarm No. 1351 Data error ( f l I f2 I f3 I f4 I
weaning] ThemovementcommanddatafromtheNC is abnormally ~ - l o l o l - ~
,
large.

1 Perform the items for alarm No.
k 4 z w p h ~ ~ 3 ~ r i ~ ,
(29) Alarm No. Transmission
error
[Meaning] The cyclic data transmission from the NC was terminated. - 0 0 -

1 Perform the items for alarmNo.
J
"34".
Alarm(30) eriod1371
No.check
Alarm
Parameter
error
weaning] There is error in the servo parameters transmitted from the
n. during NC - 0 - 0
~~ ~~~~
Investigation item Investigation results
3
Remedy
The illegal parameter No. is is incorrect. Set the correct parameter. The setting
displayed on the NC diagnosis The setting is correct. Perform investigation item3.
Screen, so adjust the sento The parameterNo. is other than Perform investigation item2
parameter with the parameter 1 to64. when parameter No. is 101.
adjustment procedures.
The servo parameter (PIT) Illegal or setting range is Refer to the parameter settings
(RNG) (PC?)(PC2) combination and supplementary explanations exceed
is illegal or the setting range is in the specifications, and reset to
exceeded. the correct value.
The settingis correct. Perform investigation item3.
3 Perform the items for alarm
No.
"34"-
* Note thatif an alarm 37 occurs in a system using the

MDS-AVx Series servo software versionB and
above and provided with anOHE 25 encoder, there may be no signal(V, W phase).
(31)Alarm No. Protocol

error 1
weaning] There was a protocol error in the communication with the NC.
(Frame error)

1 No.
Perform the items for alarm
"34". A
(32)Alarm No. Protocol

error 2
weaning] There was a protocol error in the communication with the NC.
(Information error)

1 No.
I I"34". I 1 I
(33) arm NO. Overcurrent

weaning] The motor drive current is excessive.
Investigationitem Investigation results Remedy

1 No.
"32.
(34)Alarm No. Power

module
overheat Alarm check period
[Meaning] Overheating of the IPM usedin the servo drive was detected.
&
environment
1) Rotation of fan on rear of fan is not rotating correctly. Replace the The Take measures
2) Contamination of radiatingRemarkable amounts of cutting Clean the fins oil or dust from
None of the above apply. Perform investigationitem 2.
2 The grounding is incomplete. Investigate
Correctlythe installation
ground.
Alarms occur easily when aTake noise measures for
environment. the
II I Is the grounding correct?

I devices in the
periphery? I
certain device operates.
I
Are there any noise generatingNo particular problem.

I
device on the left.
Replace the unit.
I
(35) Alarm No. 1421 Feedback error 1
[Meaning] 1) A skip of the detector feedback signal pulse occurred in the
OHE type or OHA type detector used in the semi-closed
loop system and ball screw end closed loop system.
2) A skip of the detector feedback'signal pulse in the low-
speed serial type absolute position linear scale.
Investigation-item- Investigation results Remedy

1 Perform the item 3 and following
for alarm No. "20".
(36) Alarm No. 1431 Feedback error 2

[Meaning] 1) A deviation occurred in the feedback amount from the
motor end detector and machine end detector
in the closed
2) The serial pulse encoderis detected in the semi-closed

loop.

for alarm No."2A".
(37) Alarm No.overheat

Motor eriod check
Alarm
weaning] The thermal protector built in the motor (detector) operated.
* In the MDS-B Series,thisisconnected by the
serial - 0 0 -
communication with the detector.

Check the repeatability. Recurs within one minute of start Perform investigation item3.
up.
Recurs periodically after Perform investigation item2.
operating forsome time.
Check the motor temperature The motor is hot. Lessen the operation pattern.
when the alarm occurs. 1
perform investigation item3.
The motor is not hot. Perform investigation item3.
Tug the detector cable Correctly connect. The connectors are
connectors (unit side and motor disconnected (loose).
,
side cannons) tosee if they are Not disconnected. Perform investigation item4.
loose.
Turn thepower OFF and check A connection defect was found. Replace the detector cable.
the detector cable connection Connection is normal. Perform investigation item5 .
with a tester.
Check the thermal relay terminal No conductivity or resistance is Perform investigation item6.
conductivity in the detector's high.
cannon Wnnecfor with a tester. Normal (short circuit) Perform investigation item7
(Excluding MDS-B Series)
Between pin Nos. 'T' and 'V'
If the thermal connection is as No conductivityor large Replace the motoror detector.
shown belowfor OHE25K-6, resistance in the motor and
OHA25K-4, OSE104/105 and detector thermal.
OSAl04/105, so cut the wire Normal Perform investigation item7.
between the motor and detector
with a joint amplifier, and check
the thermal conductivityfor each.
For OHE25K-85,0HA25K-85,
OHE25K-108 and OHA25K-108,
the thermal is only on the
detector side, so the detector is
defective if there is no
conductivity.
Replace with anothernormal axis The alarmis on the unit side. Replace the unit.
unit, and check ifthe defect is on Occurs evenif unit is replaced. Perform investigation item 7.
the unit.
Check for abnormalities in the No special abnormalities were Replace the motor.
unifs peripheral environment. found.
(Ex. Ambient temperature, Take measures according to the An abnorm
confirm cooling fan
...
I11 - 37
3. Troubleshooting (MDS-AIB Series)
(38) Alarm No. Overload 1

[Meaning] The time that the motor drive current exceeded the overload
detection level (parameterOLL) converted with stall
conversion exceeded the overload time constant (parameter
OLT).

Check the servo parameter The setting is not the standard Correct to the standard setting
(OLL) (OLT) setting values. setting value. value if special specifications are
not being used.
!
Standard setting values
OLL: 60 (unit: sec.)
n l
UL I .
T-~ c n
I J W
Check the motor temperature

r
I
The value is the standard settingPerform investigation item2.
value.
I The motor is hot. Ease the operation pattern.
The motor is not hot. Perform investigation item3.
3 Check whether the motor is Hunting is occurring. Refer to the adjustment
hunting. procedures and readjust.
Check the cable wiring and
connector connections.
Check for mistaken
parameter settings.
Adjust the gain.
1
perform investigationitem 4.
Hunting is not occurring. Perform investigation item4.
4 Replace with another normal axis The alarm is on the unit. Replace the unit.
unit and check whether the Problem still occurs even after Perform investigation item5.
defect is on the unit. (Refer to unit
the is replaced.
cautions in section2.3.)
5 Check if the current value on theThe value is abnormal. Check the machine system.
NC servo monitor screen is The value is correct. Perform investigation item6.
abnormally high when stopped
and operating.
6 Check for abnormalities in the No special abnormalities were Replace the motor (detector).
Ex. High temperature .__..
confirm cooling fan
111 - 38
ISupplementary explanation]
1) MDS-B Series
The unit was run in the region
of the thermal characteristics
shown with 'slanted lines below.
With the MDS-B Series, continuous protection characteristics were realized by changing the overload
alarm detection process.
Note 1) The overload 1 detection region canbe changed with the parameters(SV021: )LT, SV022: OLL) in the same manner
as MDS-A. However, as long as there is no particular reason, use the standard parameters.
Note 2) With this alarm, as the overload detection method has been changed, the alarm occurrence time and the value
displayed at "Overload(YO)" on the servo monitor screen may differ fromMDS-A the Series even when usingthe same
operation pattern.
Note 3) To prevent operationfrom being resumed immediately from the overload state, this alarm cannot be reset until the
control power( L l l , L12) continuity stateis not continued for several minutes after the alarm occurs.
The condition for resetting the alarm is that the "Overload (YO)''
display value must drop to50% or less. The time to wait
for this alarm to reset will differ accordingto the servo parameters (OLT and OLL), but is approximately five minutes
with the standard parameters.
If the control poweris turned ON again immediately after the alarm has occurred, the alarm will notbe reset due to the
above operation.Wait at least 5 minutes in the continuity state, and then carry out NC reset or turn the power ON
again.
@ Overload 1 detection rangefor other than HA-LHl5K2-Sl

Overload protection characteristics
1000
0.1
&LL-SO t OLL
0 50 150 2 00 250 300 350
Motor current (YOto stall rating)
Q Overload 1 detection range for HA-LHSKZ-S?

1000
I00
Q
W
E
F 10
0.1
1
0
I11 - 39
3. Trou bleshootinq(MDS-NB Series)
2) MDS-A series
loo -
50 -
Operation nut possible
h range due to current
0
limit
3
Y
Q)
E
i=
10 -
5 .
1 I Fixed value
0.5
I I 1 I
100 200 300 400 500
Note 1) Parameterstandardsettingvalue OLL = 150%

OLT = 60 sec.
Note 2) The A level is for parameter SVOl3: ILMTl = 500.
The A level will change proportionally whenthe parameteris changed.
Note 3) The motor's rated current ratio and time shown with 0 ,0,x and A symbols in the
diagram will differ according to the motor.
(39)
Alarm No. Overload 2 Alarm check Deriod
[Meaning] A current command that is 95% or more of the amplifier's
maximum output current value continued for Isecond or
more.
~~~ ~~ ~

Check if the PN voltage is beingThe voltageis supplied. Perform investigation item3.
supplied to the amplifier. The voltage is not supplied. Perform investigation item2.
Check the axis where the
alarm occurred, and the axis
farthest from the power
supply.
Confirm that the power supply There is no voltage at the PN Check the power supply
-
. .unit.
unit CHARGE lamp is lit and - terminal. (The lampis not lit.)
check the PN terminal voltage. There is a voltage at the PN Check the PN wiring between the
I terminal. I units. I
Is an abnormally large current The maximum value exceeds Lengthen the
the
value displayed on the NC servo acceleration/decelerationtime level indicated
monitor screen during table on the previous page. constant, and lower to80% of the
acceleration/deceleration? limit value.
A correct value is displayed. Perform investigation item4.
for alarm No."50".
I11 - 41
- ".. . ..I
[supplementary explanation1
1) MDS-B Series
The unit was run in the region below.
of the thermal characteristics shown with slanted lines
0 Overload 2 detection rangefor other thanHA-LHlSKZ-SI

t 000
100
h
0
Q)
v
u)
10
i=
0.1
IO
@ Overload 2 detection rangefor HA-LHSKZ-SI

characteristics
protection
Overload -
1000
1
When rotating
When stopped
100
0.1 1 OLL- so t OLL

0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
Motor current (YOto stall rating)
111 42-
3. Troubleshootina (MDS-A/B Series)
2) MDS-Aseries
100
overload 1
Overload 2
50
Y
Continuous operation range
Operation not possible

h range due to current
Y
v limit
E
i=
10
0.5
I I 1 I b
100 200 300 400 500
Note 1) Parameter standardsettingvalueOLL = 150%

OLT = 60 sec.
Note 2) The A level is for parameter SVOl3: ILMTl = 500.
The A level will change proportionally when the parameter is
changed.
Note 3) The motor's rated current ratio and time shown with 0 ,0 , x and A symbols in the
diagram will differ according to the motor.
I11 - 43
oI__. .. .
Motor
r Level
0
Time
r Level
0
Time
r Level
X
Time
A
Level
HA 40N OLL OLT 250 IO 450% 1 sec. 472%
80N OLL OLT 250 10 400 1 424
1OON OLL OLT 250 10 285 1 300

200N OLL OLT 200 5 250 1 260
300N OLL OLT 180 5 220 1 230
700N OLL OLT 180 5 220 1 231
900N OLL OLT 180 5 240 I 252
053 OLL OLT 250 10 265 1 279
13 OLL OLT 250 10 265 1 279

23N OLL OLT 250 10 255 1 270
33N OLL OLT 250 10 255 1 270
43N OLL OLT 250 10 320 1 340
83N OLL OLT 250 10 300 1 318
103N OLL OLT 220 5 275 1 291
203N OLL OLT 190 5 235 1 246

303N OLL OLT 180 5 195 I 205
703N OLL OLT 180 5 195 1 207
50NL OLL OLT 250 10 400 1 425
1OONL OLL OLT 250 10 330 1 350
150NL OLL OLT 250 10 345 1 365
200NL OLL OLT 200 10 220 1 231

300NL OLL OLT 200 5 215 1 228
500NL OLL OLT 180 5 180 1 193
LH11K2-SI - - - - 193 1 204
LH15K2-Sl 7 7 - - 247 1 260

(40)Alarm No. Excessive

error 1
[Meaning] The actual position to the command exceeded the value set in
parameter setting valueOD1 (excessive error width during
servo ON) when the servo was turnedON.
The actual machine position deviated an amount exceeding the value set in OD1 from the ideal
machine position for the command position.
This will occurif the actual machine position enters the shaded area
shown below.
Position
1I * Ideal machine position
servo OFF + Servo ON

Time

1 Check if the PN voltage is being The voltageis supplied. Perform investigation item3.
supplied to the amplifier.
Check the axis where the
alarm occurred, and theaxis The voltageis not supplied. Perform investigation item2.
farthest from the power
supply.
2 Confirm that the power supply There is no voltage at the
PN Check the power supply unit.
unit CHARGE lamp is lit and terminal. (The lamp is not lit.)
check the PN terminal voltage. There is a voltage at the
PN Check the PN wiring between the
terminal. units.
3 Check the servo parameter The setting is not the standard Correct to the standard setting
(OD1) setting value. setting value. value if special specifications are
OD1 = 002 = not being used.
Rapid traverse rate The setting is the standard Perform investigation item4.
(rndrnin.1 x Os (mm) setting value.
60 x PGNl
for alarm No. "50".
I11 - 45
.. -.
(41) Alarm No.
weaning)
1531 Excessive
error
3. Troubleshooting (RADS-NB Series)
2
The actual position to the command exceeded the value set in
parametersettingvalue OD2 (excessiveerrorwidthduring
servo OFF) duringsew0 OFF.
-
, li~rph~~3~ri;d,
0 -
-

Check the servo parameter The settingis not the standard Correct to the standard setting
(OD2) setting value. setting value. value if special specifications are
OD1 = OD2 = not being used.
Rapid traverse rate The setting is the standard Perform investigation item 2.
(mrWrnin.1 X 0.5 (mm) setting value.
60 x PGN1
Check if the machineis moving Is moving.
- Check the machine and
during servo OFF. mechanical brakes.
Is not moving. Perform investigation item
3.
Tug the communication cable Is disconnected (loose). Correctly connect.
connector from the NC to the Normal. Perform investigation item
4.
terminator (unit side and NC
side) tosee if it is disconnected.
Turn the power OFF, and check A connection defectwas found. Replace the communication
the communication cable cable.
connection with a tester. Normal. Perform investigation item
5.
Try changing with a normal
cable.
Replacewith another normal axisThe alarmis on the unit. Replace the unit.
unk and check whether the Problem still occurs even after Replace the NC side MCP card.
defect is on the unit. (Refer to unit
the is replaced. 1
cautions in section2.3.) If the problemis not solved,
Tug the detector cable connectorIs disconnected (loose). Correctly connect.
Normal.
(unit side and motor side cannon) Perform investigation item 7.
to checkif it is disconnected.
Tum the power OFF, and checkA connection defectwas found. Replace the detector cable.
the detector cable connection Normal. Perform investigation item 8.
with a tester.
confirm cooling fan
(42) Alarm No. 1541 Excessive

error 3 eriod
check
Alarm
[Illleaning] The motor current did not flow when the excessive error
1
was alarm - 0 0 -
if the PN voltage is being The voltage is supplied. Check Perform investigation item3.
supplied to the drive unit. The voltage is not supplied. Perform investigation item2.
Confirm that the power supply is no voltage at the PN Check the power supply unit. There
unit CHARGElamp is lit and terminal. (The lamp is not lit.)
check thePN terminal voltage. There is a voltage at the PN Check the PN wiring between
terminal. the units.
Check whether the motor powerThe power wire is not connected Correctly connect the power
wire is connected to the motor. or the power wire is broken. wire.
Disconnect the power wire The power wire is correctly Perform investigation item4.
from the terminal block, and connected.
check between theUVW
wires with a tester.
normal axis unit and check The alarm is on the motor. Replace the motor.
the cautions in section 2.3.)
(43)Alarm No. Collision detection 0 (CLEO) eriod

check
Alarm
[Meaning] A collision detection type 1 error was detected during theGO
modal (rapid traverse). - - -
A disturbance torque that exceeds the external disturbance
torque was detected.
[Detecting] During servo ON
1 Is the collision detection functionThe collision detection function Perform investigation item2.
being used? is not used.
Check whether the machine has The machine has collided. Modify so that the machine does
collided. not collide.
The collision detection function Perform investigation item3.
is used, but the machine has not
collided.
2 Check the parameters. The setting is incorrect. Change sv060 (TLMT) to "0".
Is sv060 (TLMT) set to"O"?
3 Check whether the current has The current is90% or more of Increase the time constant, and
I
reached the current limit value the current limit value.
or 90% of the limit value .during
normal rapid traverse
- The current is less than
the current limit value.
90% of Perform investigation item4.
acceleration/deceleration.
4 Adjust the collision detection The alarm does not occur. -
function again, and try The alarm occurs. Perform investigation item5.
operation. (Refer to the separate
collision detection function
specifications.)
5 Does the machineor current Is vibrating. Eliminate the vibration by
vibrate? adjusting the gain, etc., and then
Is not vibrating. Perform investigation item 6.
6 Try increasing the detection The alarm does not occur. If the problem is not solved by
level. replacing the unit, try increasing
the level.
The alarm occurs. , Replace the unit.
I11 - 47
(44) Alarm No. Collision

detection 1 (CLEI) eriod
check
Alarm
[Meaning] A collision detection type 1 error was detected during the
G1 - - 0 -
modal (cutting feed).
A disturbance torque that exceeds the external disturbance
torque was detected.

1 Is the collision detection functionThe collision detection function Perform investigationitem 2.
Check whether the machine hasThe machine has collided. Modify so that the machine does
I The collision detection function Perform investigation item 3.
is used, but the machine has not
collided.
2 Check the parameters. The settingis incorrect. Change sv060 (TLMT)to "0".
IS sv060 (TLMT) set to "o~'?
3 Check whether the current has The current is90% or more of Increase the time constant, and
reached the currentlimit value the current limit value. perform investigation item 4.
or 90% of the limit value during
- The current is less than90% of Perform investigation
- item 4.
normal cutting feed the current limit value.
4 -
The alarm does not occur. Adjust the collision detection
function again, and try The alarm occurs. Perform investigationitem 5.
specifications.)
5 Does the machineor current Is vibrating. Eliminate the vibration by
perform investigationitem 4.
Is not vibrating. Perform investigationitem 6.
6 Try increasing the detection The alarm does not occur. If the problemis not solvedby
II
replacing the unit, try increasing
the level.
level* The alarm occurs. Redace the unit:
(45) Alarm No. detection

Collision 2 eriod
check
Alarm
[Meaning] A collision detectiontype 2 error was detected.
Acurrentcommandatthemaximumperformanceofthedrive - - 0 -
unit was detected.
Investigation item Investigationresults * Remedy

1 Perform the investigation items
for alarm 58.
(46) Alarm No. to

[Meaning] An error occurred in the power supply unit.

1 Refer to11. MDS-NB-CV power
section. 1 I supply I I I
I11 - 48
3. Troubleshootina (MDS-A/B Series)
(47) Alarm No. a Power supply no signal

weaning] or the
The cable connected to the power supply is broken
connection is mistaken.
r
i Investigation item Investigation results Remedy

1 Check if the connector for the Is disconnected (loose). Correctly connect.
~
communication cablewith the Is not disconnected. Perform investigation item 2.
power supplyis disconnected.
~ 2 Turn thepower OFF and check A broken wireor incorrect Replace the communication
the cable connectionwith a connection was found. cable.
~
tester. The connection is normal. Perform investigation item3.
Try changing the cable with a
normal cable.
3 Connect with another normal The aiarmis on the drive unit Replace the drive unit.
axis unit, and check if the defect side.
~
is on the drive unit side or power The alarmis on the power supplyReplace the power supply unit.
supply side. side.
Alarm check period

(48)Alarm No. Watch dog I f 1 I f Z l f 3 1 f 4 1
weaning] The servo drive software process wasnotexecutedwithinthe
designated time.
I0 I 0 I 0 I 0 1
I
~ ~~ ~-

1 Check whether the sew0 It was changed. Try returning to the original
software version was changed software version.
recently. Not changed. Perform investigation item 2.
2 Check for abnormalities in the No special abnormalities were Replace the drive unit.
(Ex. ambient temperature, the Take measures according to the An abnorm
confirm cooling fan
J
add grounding measures. I
Alarm check period

(49) Alarm No. Low speed serialinitialcommunicationerror [ f l I f2 I f3 I f4 1
[Illleaning] The
initial
communication with
the
low
speed
serial
type - ~ - - ~ O ~ -
absolute position linearscale was not possible.

1 Perform investigation items of
alarm No.58.
(50) Warning No. Communication

error
weaning] The absolute position serial data was not properly sent during
normal operation.

1 Perform the items3 and following
for alarm No. "25"
111 - 49
(51) Warning NO. Serialformaterror

[Meaning] from the absolute position
The format of the serial data
detector was incorrect.
I
for alarmNo. "25@
(52) Warning No. 1931 Absolute position fluctuation

Alarm
check period
[Meaning] The absolute position counter cannot be set as the absolute f1 f2 f3 f4
-
I
NC power was turnedON.

position data fluctuated when the - 0 -
,
for alarmNo. "25"
(53) Alarm
MP No. scale feedback error li~~;h~kqri;d,
weaning] In the MP scale absolute detection system, an excessive
deviationinthemotorendinstallationdetectorand MP scale - 0 0 0
feedback amountwas detected.
1

for alarm No. '25"
( 5 4 ) Alarm No. 1971 MP offset

scale error Alarm check period
[Meaning] In the MP scale absolute position detection system, an error f1 f2 f3 f4
was detected in the offset dataread when the NC power was 0 -- -
turned ON.

1
for alarmNo. "25"
(55)Alarm No. @ High-speed serialmulti-rotationcountererrorAlanncheckeriod

[Meaning] An error was detectedin the multi-rotation counter in the serial
pulse encoder connected to the motor end or ball screw end. - 0 0 0
for alarm No. '25"
111 - 50
( 5 6 ) Warning No.
eriod
check
Alarm
drop
voltage
Battery
[meaning] The voltage of the battery supplied to the absolute position
pped. detector - 0 0 0
1

1 Check the battery unit voltage. The battery voltage has dropped.Replace the battery.
There is no error in the battery Perform investigation item2.
k
voltage.
Perform the items3 and following
for alarm No. "25'
(57) Warning No.check

period Alarm
warning
Overload
[Meaning] An 80% level of the overload 1 alarm was detected.
As this is not an alarm, continued use
is possible, but the
overload 1 alarm may occur.

Check whether the motoris hot. The motoris not hot. No.
w&nu
uu .
The motoris hot. Perform investigation item2.
Check if there is an error when Operation is possible without 1. If the operation pattern canbe
acceleration/ decelerationis error eased, ease it.
perfomred. 2. If operation is possible without
an alarm occurring, continue
use.
Operation is abnormal.
I Perform the items
for alarm No. "50". I
3 and following
( 5 8 ) Warning No. Absolute

position
counter
warning
Alarm
check
eriod
[Meaning] The absolute position counter valueis illegal.
If thepower is being turned ON for the first time, perform - 0 0 -
zero point return, turn the powerOFF and ON once to
restore the value.

1 Investigate the state where the Occurs when NC power is turned Check the battery voltage,
warning occurred. ON. perform zero point return, and
then turn DowerOFF and ON.
Occurs during operation. Perform the items for alarm"25".
An alarm occurred. Check the battery voltage.
Did not occur. Check the detector and cable.
I11 - 51
(59) Warning NO. Parameter

error
warning Alarm check Period
[Meaning] A parameter exceeding the setting range was set.

The illegal parameter will be ignored and the previously setI - l o l o l - l
value will be held.

1 Set the correct value according to
the parameter adjustment
procedure.
(60) Warning No. NC emergency

stop
[Meaning] An emergency stop signal is being sent from the NC or an
alarm occurred in another axis.

I Check if the NC side emergency Emergency stopis activated. Perform investigation item2.
stop switch is activated. Emergency stopis released. Perform investigation item3.
2 Release the emergency stop. The machinestarts up normally. Normal
"E7" is still displayed. Perform investigation item3.
3 Check if a terminator or batteryAbnormal place found Correct the abnormality.
unit is connected or if Normal Perform the items for alarm"34".
I disconnected.
3.3 Precautions
(1) When changing the motor and amplifier combination due to troubleshooting, avoid running the
motor with an amplifier that has a capacity larger than the designated amplifier. The motor may be
demagnetized.
However, checkingin the emergency stop stateis no problem.
Running the motor with an amplifier having a capacity smaller than that designated
is no problem.
4. Troubleshooting (MDS-C1 Series)

4.1 Servo warnings and servo alarms
(1) Precautions and matters to confirm

If an error occurs in the servo system, a servo warning or servo alarm will sew0occur.
warning
If a or
servo alarm occurs, pay attention to the following points and check the state of the system. Then,
carry out the inspections and repairs described in this section.
A CAUTION
1. This servo system uses a large capacity electrolytic capacitor. When the
CHARGE lamp on
the front of the power supply (MDS-C1
unit is still a voltage in the
-CV)in the system is lit, there
unit. Take care to prevent electric shocks and short circuits. (The voltage will remain for
several minutes after the power
is turned OFF.)
2. The continuity inside the driver cannot be checked due to the structure.
3. Do not carry out a megger test as the driver could be damaged.
<Matters to confirm>
1. What alarm No. is displayed?
2. Can the error or fault be repeated? (Investigate alarm history)
3. Is the motor and servo driver temperature and ambient temperature correct?
4. Are the servo driver, control unit and motor grounded?
5. Did the problem occur during acceleration, deceleration or constant speed operation?
What was thespeed?
6. Is there any difference in the state during forward run and reverse run operation?
7 . Was there a instantaneous power failure?
8. Did theproblem occur when a certain operationor command was carried out?
9. How often does the problem occur?
10. Does the problem occur when the load is applied or removed?
11. Has the driver unit been replaced, any part been replaced, or any remedial measure been
taken?
12. How many years have passed since operation was started?
13. Is the power voltage normal?Is there any great fluctuation according to the time zone?
11 F1 (flicker)
F +axisNo.
37 (flicker)
Alarm No.
(flicker)
F1
F + axis No.
lit (flicker)
37 Not
Alarm No. I
I
LED display during servo alarm
F1 9F F1 lit 9F Not
F + axis No. Warning No. F + axis No. Warning No.
LED display during servo warning
I11 - 53
*
-
. .
4. Troubleshooting (MDS-CI Series)
~~~~ ~~~ ~~
(2) Troubleshooting at start up

If the NC system does not start up correctly and a system error occurs when
NCthepower is turned
ON,the servo driver may not have been started up correctly.
Confirm theLED display on the driver, and take measures according to this section.
I I
~~
LED display Symptom Cause of occurrence Investigation

method Remedy I
AA Initial communication The driver axisNrsetting Is there any other driver set to theSet correctly.
with the NC was not is incorrect. same axis No.?
completed correctly. The NC setting is Is the number of NC controlled Set correctly.
incorrect. axes correct?
Communication withNC is Is the connector (CNlA, CN1 B) Connect correctly.
incorrect. disconnected?
Is the cable disconnected? Replace the cable.
Check the continuity witha tester.
Ab Initial communication The axis is not used,or is Is the axis setting rotary switch setSet correctly.
~
with the NC was not set to disabled.

~~
I between 7 and F'? - I I
carried out. Communication withNC is Is the connector (CNlA, CNlB) Connect correctly.
incorrect. disconnected?
Is the cable disconnected? Replace the cable.
Check the continuity witha tester.
I11 - 54
4. Troubleshooting (MDS-Cl Series)
(3) List of servo alarms and warnings

No. Abbr. Name RS AIC No. I Abbr. Name I RS I AIC
10 40 1 KE3 A-TK unit changeover error 1 PR I SP
11 ASE Axis selection error AR C 41 KE2 A-TK
una communication error I PR SP
12 ME Memoryerror AR FE1 42 C
Feedbackerror 1 PR A
13 SWE Software processing error PR C 43 FE2 Feedbackerror2 PR A
14 SWE2 Software processing error2 PR C 44 CAXC C axis changeover a l a m NR SP
15 45
16r R
ol PdeposiWndetedkmemrrl PR BV 46 OHM Motor overheat NR A
17 ADE AD converter m r A PR
47
18 WAT Initial communication error A PR
48SCGPU IScaleCPU error PR VL 1
19 49 SOSP Scaleoverspeeb fPRfVC
1A stei Serial detector initial communication
PR A 4A M u t e position dtztedion circuit
sABs
error (SUB) I r n f
1B Scpu CPU error(SUB) PR A 4B 1 s,Nc Relative position detection circuit

error
1C S M EEPROM/LED error(SUB) PR A 4C
1D Sdat Data error (SUB) PR A 4D
1E Sohe ROM--hemal error (SUB) PR A 4E
1F stre Serial detector communication error PR A 4F
(SUB)
20 hlst . w m t ! $ p d 3 PR BV 50 OLl Overload detection 1 NR A
21 NS2 No signal 2 PR A OL2 51
Overload detection 2 NR A
22 Excessive error 1 (at servo NR 52
ON) OD1 A
23 I OS€ ~Spemdde#Wtimrrwwarhm PR SP Excessiveerror2 (at servo NR
OFF) OD2 A
53
24 54 OD3 Excessive error3 (no power) NR A
25 ABSE Absdutepositionlost AR A 55
26 NAE Natusedaxiserror PR C 56
27 SCcpu Scale CPU error (SUB) PR A 57
28 Sosp Scaleoverspeted (SUB) PR A NR 58 A
Collision detection method1.GO CLGO
29 Sabs detectbn arcuit PR A 59 GLGl Collision detection method1.Gl NR A
error (SUB)
Relative position detection circuit error PR
A 5A CLT2 Collision
detection
method
2 . NR A
(SUB)
28 SCPU ScaleCPUerror PR A 5B
2C SLED EEPROM/LEDerror PR A 5C ORFE f0riQntatiaWfeedbadrenor NR SP
20 SDAT Scaledataerror PR A 50
2E SRRER0"cmw PR A 5E
2F STRE Serial detector communication error PR 1 A 5F
30 OR 33U e-
r PR SVJ 60 0 flnstantaneowp o w e r failure PR R I
31 OS Overspeed PR A 61 1 f ~ o u r r t module
t overcurrent [PR] V
32 PMOC Overcurrent ( I P M error) PR A 62 2 1 i I
33 w ovrrrrdcogb PR SVJ 63 1 3 \Auxiliary
regeneration
error [PRI V
34 DP NC communication CRC error PR C 641 4 f I I
35 DE NC communication Data error A PR 65 5 relay
Rush error 1 PR 1V/R
36 TE NC comrnunicationComrnunicationemr PR C 66 6 1 i
37 PE Initial parameter error PR A 67 1 7 Open phase [PRf V
38 TP1 NC communication Protocol error 1 PR C dog68 1 8 Watch ] A R vm
39 TP2 NC communication Protocol error 2 PR A 69 9 /Gourd fauft 1 PR v
3A OC Overcurrent PR A A 6A 1Contadormeltiq [PRI V
38 PMOH Overheat (IPM error) PR 6B , A 8 /Rush mlayrnetting PR [V/R 1
3c 6C C 1
Main circuit m o r PR ]V/R 1
3D 6D D I 1 I
3E 6E [ E lNlemoryemr AR vm
3F 6F f 1
fAoenor (PS error) AR 1 V/R
Note 1) For RS, PR: Reset by turning NC power OFF, AR: Reset by turning servo driver power OFF.
*: This is a warning display, andthe servo will not turn OFF.
Note 2) For N C , A: Alarm occurring for each axis, C: Common alarm in driver, SP: Spindle alarm,SVJ: MDS-A-SVJ alarm,
AV: MDS-A-Vx alarm, BV: MDS-B-Vx alarm, VL: MDS-B-Vx4L alarm, V: Power regeneration power supply alarm.
R: Resistor regeneration power supply alarm
I11 - 55
No. Abbr. Name I RS I AIC No. Abbr. Name RS AIC

70 G i A0
71 l~~~~ V A1
emergr#rcystap
~~
72 I t A2
73 1. J /ovler-.regeneration I PR 1 R, A3
74/ K /Regerrerative&storover)leat PR R A4
75 1 L - 1 I NR I V/R A5
76 M I F - w a w m m ARI
A6 V
77 N ~PowlermaduleOr)/fin (R) overheat
I I
PR 1 V/R
I
A7
I
Bn In READY OFF (n is control axis No.) Dn (In servo ON (nis control axis No.)
Cn In SERVO OFF (n is control axis No.) Fn lcontrol axis No. display (n is control axis No.)
Note 1) For R S , PR: Reset by turningNC power OFF, AR: Reset by turning servo driver power OFF.
*: This is a warning display, and the servow i l l not turnOFF.
Note 2) For A/C, A: Alarm occurring for each axis, C: Common alarm in driver, SP: Spindle alarm, SVJ: MDS-A-SVJ alarm,
AV: MDS-A-Vx alarm, BV: MDS-B-Vx alarm, VL: MDS-B-Vx4L alarm, V: Power regeneration p o w e r supply alarm,
R: Resistor regenerationpower supply alarm
111 - 56
(4) Alarm details

Servo alarms
Abbr. I Name I Details I RS I N C
During theseF-check when the driver power was turned ON, an error
MEMemoryerror was detected the
Inmemory
IC/FB
IC.
(Referthe
tosection ( 5 ) LED AR C
display No. at memory error.)
SWE Software processingerrorThesoftwaredataprocessdidnotendwithinthespecifiedtime.PRC
SWE2 Sofhware processing error The
2 current
processing processor is not
operatingcorrectly.
PR C
ADE AD converter error During the self-check when the driver power was turned ON, an PRerrorA
was detectedin the N D converter for current detection.
wAT lnitiilcommunication error Initial communication with the high-speed serial detector connected PR A
to the motor endwas not possible.
In the system using the OHA25K-ET or high-speed
serial detector as
stei Serial detectorinitial themachineenddetector,initialcommunicationwiththedetectorPRA
communication error (SUB) was not possible.
An errorwas detected in the data storedin the EEPROM of the
error Scpu CPU high-speed serial detector connected to the machine end. PR A
The linear scale connected to the machine end detected an
SledEEPROMED error(SUB)EEPROMerror. Or, deteriorationoftheLEDswasdetected in thePRA
high-speed serial detector connected to the machine end.
Sdat Data error (SUB) An error was detected at a position within one rotation of the high-
speed serial detector connected to the machine end. PR A
The linear scale connected to the machine end detected an error in
sohe ROM-RAM/thermal error the.RO". Or, the thermalprotectorbuiltin the high-speedPRA
(SUB) senal detector connected to the machine end activated.
stre Serial detectorCommunication with
the
high-speed
communication error (SUB) machine end
serial
detectorconnected
was disconnected.
to the PR A
NS2 No
signal 2 An
A,
B or Z phaseerror
wasdetected
the
inclosedloop
system.
PR
A
last ABSE Absolute position The backup vottage in the absolute position detector dropped.
The absolute position cannot be guaranteed.
NAE Not used axis error A power module error occurred in the axis for whichthe axis PR C
selection rotary switchis set to [Fl.
sccpu Absolute position detection The CPU in the absolute position linear scale connectedto the
scale CPUerror(SUB)machineend is notoperatingcorrectly.
A PR
The absolute position linear scale connected to the machine end
Absolute position detectedaspeedof45m/sec. or morewhentheNCpowerwasPR A
(SUB) turned ON.
The absolute position linear scale connectedthe tomachine end
Sabs qbsqlute
detection position
a r w R error
(SUB) detectedan
error in thescale or scalecircuit. PR A
error
I
Rebtive position
circuit error (SUB)
SCPU Scale CPU

I
The absolute position linear scale connected the
SDeed.- r - - -
to machine end
detected a speed exceeding the scale's maximum movement
An errorwas detected in the data storedin the EEPROMotthe

PR A
high-speed serial detector connected to the motor end.
SLED EEPROMED error Deterioration of the LEDs in the
high-speed serial detector PR A
connected to the motor end was detected.
An error was detected at a position within
one rotation of the high-
error SDAT Scale data speed serial detector connected to the motor end. PR A
Serial detector Communication with the high-speed serial detector connected to the PR A
STRE communication error motor endwas disconnected.
A speed exceeding the motor's tolerable speed was detected.
os Overspeed (Maximum motor speed x 1.2) PR A
PMOC Power module error

(overcurrent)
The IPM used theby
inverter
detected
overcurrent.
an PR A
DP NC communication CRC Anerrorwasdetected in thedatasentfromtheNC to the driver.PRC

error
DE NC communication Data error An error was detected in the movement command data from the NC. PR A
NC communication Communication
from disconnected.
the
wasC
NCPR
Communication error
' An illegal parameter detected
was parameters
in the
when
sent
PE Initial parametererrorNCpowerwasturnedON.(Refertosection (6) ErrorparameterNo.PRA
i
at initial parameter error)
TP1 ~~o~mmunication An
error
was
detected in the
communication
frame
sent
from
the NC. PR C
TP2 NC communicati Protoc01e r r o ~2 An error was detected in the axis information data sent from the NC. PR A
OC Overcurrent excessive
An current
was
detected inmotor
the
drive
current.
APR
PMO" Power module error The IPM used byinverter
the detected
overheating.
APR
(averheat)
I FE1 IFeedbackerror 1 IThe feedback pulse was skipped

the Dosition detector.
or a Z phase error wasdetected in
I FE2
I Feedbackerror 2
IExcessive deviation was detected in the feedback amount of the
An FB IC
error
was
detected
the
insemi-closed 1000. I I
motor end detector and machine end detector within the closed loop. PR A
I11 - 57
4. Troubieshootina (MDS-C1 Series)
No. Abbr. Name Details RS NC

An error was detected in the temperature of the motor being driven.
46 OHM Motor overheat Or, the thermal protector builtin the high-speed serial detector NR A
connected to the motorend activated.
The servomotor or servo driver load level obtained from the motor
50 OLl Overload 1 current reached the overload level set with the overload detection NR A
level (svO22: OU).
51 OL2 Overload 2 A current command95% or more of the driver's maximum NR A
performance continuedfor 1 sec. or more.
The differenceof the ideal position and actual position exceeded
52 OD1 Excessive error1 parameter SVO23: OD1 (or SVO53: 0 0 3 ) when the servo was turned NR A
ON.
OD2 The differenceof the ideal position and actual position exceeded NR A
53 Excessiveerror 2 parameter SV026: OD2 when the servo was turned OFF.
The motor currentwas not flowing whenthe excessive error alarm1
Servo warnings
No. Abbr. Name Details RS NC
9o wsT Low-speed serial initial Initial communication with the absolute position linear was scale
not PR A
communication error possible.
An error was detected in the communication with the detector in the
91 WAS L0W-S-d serial absolute position detection system usingthe OHA25K-ET/absolute * A
communication error position linear scale.
An error was detected in the data from the detector in the absolute
92 WAF Low-speed serial protocol position detection system using the OHA25K-ET/absolute position * A
error linear scale.
Fluctuation exceedingthe tolerable valuewas detected in the PR A
93 WAM Absolute absolute position detected when the NC power was turned ON.
Excessive deviationwas detected-inthe feedback amount of the.
96 MPE MP scale feedback error motor end detector andMP scale In the MP scale absolute posltlon * A
detection system.
An error was detected in the offset data readin when the NC power
97 MPO MP scale offset error was tu& ON within the MP scale absolute position detection PR A
system.
An error was detected in the multi-rotation counter of
9E High-speed serialmulti- OSElO4/OSA104/OSE105/OSA105/OSE1W-F/OSA104- * A
rotation counter error ET/OSE105-ET/OSA105-ET. The absolute posltlon cannot be
guaranteed.
9F WAB The voltageof the battery supplying to the absolute position detector
*
Batteryvoitage drop has dropped. A
El WOL Overload warning A level 80% of the overloadalarm 1 was detected. * A
E3 WAC -lute position counter Deviation of the absolute position and relative position
was detected. * A
warning
E4 WPE Parameter error warning A parameter exceedingthe setting range was set. * A
E6 AXE Control axis removal warningThe controlaxis is removed. * A
E7 NCE N C emergency stop The NC is in the emergency stop state. * c
(5) LED display No. at memory error

When a memory error (alarm 12) occurs, in most cases, a connection is not established with the NC.
If the connection is not established even when normally connected with the NC, check the servo
driver's LED display to see whether a memory error (alarm
12) has occurred.
The faulty section can be pinpointed according to the No. on

displayed
the LED at this time. (Refer to
the following table.)
Alarm display
Same display as other alarms
At servo driver powerON Only 12 and No. flicker on the

LED (Not connected withLED)
At NC power ON
(6) Error parameter No. at initial parameter error

When an initial parameter error (alarm 37) occurs, the erroneous parameter is displayed on the NC
Diagnosis screen.
The display method differs according to each
NC, so refer to the respectiveNC Instruction Manual.
Normally the parameter No. (SVOOxx) is displayed at this time.

There is also a special 3-digitNo. (Refer to the following table.)
In this case, an erroris occurring for several parameters,so correctly set the related parameters.
No. Details Related parameter
The maximum rapid traverse rate value set
69 This normally does not occur, but could be with the NC is incorrect. NC axis parameter rapid
caused by the NC system software.
71 The maximum cutting feedrate value set bythe NC is incorrect. NC axis parameter clamp
This normally does not occur, but couldbe caused by the NC system software.
The constants used by the following functionsare overflowing.
Electronic gears svoo1 :PCl,SV002:PC2
lol Position loop gain SV003:PGNl, SVO18:PIT
Speed feedback conversion SVO19:RNG1, SV020:RNG2
SV049:PGNl sp
Confirm thateach related parameteris correctly set.
Turn the absolute position detection parameter OFF.
02 The connected detectoris an incremental specification detector,
so to carry out absolutesvol 7:SPEC, SV025:MTYP
position detection, exchange the detector withan absolute position specification
detector. ~ ~ ~. ~~~~ ~ ~ ~
The sety option is not provided.

103 The optlon IS requlred for closed loop (including ball screw end detection) or dual
feedback control function. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
o4 The servo option is not provided.
The SHG control functionis an option.
SV057:SHGC
SV058:SHGCsp
105 The servo option is not provided. SVO27:SSFl/aflt
The adaptive filter function is an option.
106 The servo option is not provided. SVOl7:SPEC/mp, mpt3
The MP scale absolute position detection function
is an option.
I11 - 59
(7) Troubleshooting according to each servo alarm

[Alannlwarning checkperioq
f l : At servo driver power ON
f2: At NC power ON there after (emergency stop
ON)
f3: During normal operation (servo ON)
f4: During axis removal (READY ON, sew0 OFF)
(Note) Warning "93"could occur wheninstalling the axis again after removing it once.
Alarm No. Memory error: Alarm check period

12 IC (SRAM or FLROM)
Error in the drive unit memory fl If2 I f3 I f4

1 Confirm the repeatability. Always occurs. Replace the drive unit.
Returns to normal once, but Perform investigation item
2.
2 Check for abnormalities in the No special abnormalities were Replace the drive unit.
(Ex. ambient temperature, An abnormality was foundin the Take measures accordingto the
noise, grounding)
ambient peripheral environment. cause.
confirm cooling fan
add -grounding measures.
L I I I I
Alarm No. Software processing error: Alarm check period

13 The drive unit software data processing was not completed fl 92 f3 f4
IT process was input.
within the normal time or an illegal
I I
- I
0- I
0 I
0
Investigation item Investigation resutts Remedy
Check whether the sew0 Changed Try replacing with the drive unit
software version was changed with the original software version.
recently. Not changed. Perform investigation item2.
Confirm the repeatability. Atways occurs. Replace the drive unit.
Returns to normal once, but Perform investigation item
3.
Ex. High temperature ...._
confirm cooling fan
~larm NO. I Software

processing
error 2: 1 Alarm check
period
14 loop
Of the driver softwareprocessing times, the current
process was not completed within the set time.
I I I 1

Check whether theservo Changed Try replacing with the drive unit
software versionwas changed with the original software version.
recently. Not changed. Perform investigation item2.
Confirm the repeatabillty. Always occurs. Replace the drive unit.
noise, grounding)
confirm cooling fan
Alarm No.
17 I N D convertererror:
Anerroroccurred in thedriveunit's A/D converter.
I Alarm check period
s I I
Investigation item Investigation
results Remedy
1 Confirmtherepeatability. 1Always occurs. Replace the drive unit.
I Returns to normal once, but

Perform investigation item2.
~~~~ ~
2
I Check for abnormalities in the
unit's peripheralenvironment.
(EX. ambient temperature,
I No specialabnormalitieswere
found.
Replace the drive unit.
Take measures according to the

noise,grounding)
ambient
peripheral
environment. cause.
confirm cooling fan
I11 - 61
-*~ j .
. . ,,
Alarm No. Initial communication error: Alarm check period

18 Initial communication with the detector was not possible in af l f2 f3 f4
system using a high-speed serial detector at the motor end. - 0 - -
1 Check thesew0 parameter The valueis not correct. Correctly setSV025.
(SV025) setting value. The setting is correct. Perform investigation item 2.
2 Tug the connector to check if the Disconnected (loose). Correctly connect.
detector connector (driver side Not disconnected. Perform investigation item 3.
and detector side) is
disconnected.
3 Turn the powerOFF and check Connection is defective. Replace the detector cable.
the detector cable connection Connection is normal. Perform investigation item 4.
with a tester
4 Interchange with another normalThe alarmis on the unit. Replace the drive unit.
axis drive, and check whether The alarmis on the detector. Perform investigation item 5.
the faultis located in the driver
side or detector side. I
5 Check for abnormalities in tke No special abnormalities were Replace the detector.
(Ex. ambient temperature, An abnormallty was found in the Take measures accordingto the
confirm cooling fan
Alarm No. Serial detector initial communication error (SUB): Alarm check,period ,
1A Initial communicationwith the detector was not possible
in the fl f2 f3 f4
system usingOHA25K-ET or a high-speed serial detector at the - -
0 -
machine end.
1 Investigate the items for alarm
No. 'I18".
Alarm No. CPU error (SUB): Alarm check period

1B An error was detectedin the data storedin the EEPROM of the fl f2 f3 f4
high-speed serial detector connected to the motor end. - 0 0 0
Investigation item Investigation resub Remedy .
1 Tug the connector to check if Disconnected
the (loose). Correctly connect.
absolute position linear scale Not disconnected. Perform investigation item2.
connector (driver sideand scale
side) is disconnected.
2 OFF and check Connection is defective. Turn the Replace
power the detector cable.
the detector cable connection Connection is normal. Perform investigation item3.
with a tester.
3 The alarm ison the unit. Interchange with another normal
axis drive, and check whether ThealarmoccurswiththePerforminvestigationitem 4.
the fault is located in the driver absolute position linearscale.
side or scale side.
4 Check for abnormalities in the No special abnormalities were Replace the absolute position
unit's peripheral environment. linear scale. found.
(Ex. ambient temperature, in the Take measures according to the An abno
confirm cooling fan
AIarm No. EEPROWLED error(SUB): Alarm check period

1c The linear scale connected to the machine end detected an f l f2 f3 f4
EEPROM error.
Or, deteriorationof the LEDs was detected in the high-speed - 0 0 0
serial detector connected to the machine end.
No. "1B .
Alarm No. Data error(SUB): Alarm check period

1D An error was detected at a position within one rotation of the f l f2 f3 f4
high-speed serial detector connected to the machine end.
- 0 0 0
1 Investigate the itemsfor alarm
No. "1B .
1
Alarm No.
1E The linear scale connected to the machine end detected an error
in the ROWRAM.
Or, the thermal protector built in the high-speed serial detector
connected
ROM-RAMI
(SUB): to
errorthe machine end activated.
thermal ;arihy;kfe[%
1
I Investigate the items for alarm
NO.Y B . I
Alarm No. Serial detector communication error
(SUB): Alarm check period
1F Communication with the high-speed serial detector connectedflto f3 f4 '
the machine end was disconnected.
- 0 0 0
1 Investigate the items2 and
following for the alarmNo. "18".
I11 - 63
I Alarm No.
21
No signal 2: Alarm check period
An A, B or Z phase error was detected in the closed loop system.1 1
:heck the servo parameter "4", "5", or
" 8 1 is set for the Correctly set.
" 9 t
:SV025)setting value. parameter detector setting even

though the OHE-ET, OHA-ET
detector or various scale is not
connected.
The settina is correct. Perform investigation item
2.
Tug the connector by hand to Disconnected (loose). Correctlv connect.
check whether the detector Not disconnected. Perform investigation item
3.
side) is notloose. ~~ ~
Turn the powerOFF and check Connection is defective. Replace the detector cable.
the detector cable connection Connection is normal. Perform investigation item 4.
with a tester.
Try connecting with another The alarm is on the unit. Redace the drive unit.
normal axis unit and check
~~
The alarm is on the detector. Perform investigation item 5.

side or detector side.
(Ex. ambient temperature, An abnormalltywas found in the Take measures accordingto the
noise, grounding) ambient peripheral environment.Cause.
confirm cooling fan
Alarm No. lost:

position
Absolute
This occurs when the power
, I
in the absolute position detector is
lost, and will return to normal when the unit's
and zero mint return is Derformed aaain.
2OOVAC is reset
!aj&;hr!er! 1
Investigationitem
~~~~
I~~ ~~~ ~
Investigation
~ ~
resuns Remedv I
Check whether the absolute Was disconnected. Reset the drive unit's
2OOVAC
position detector cable (includingGuideline: power and perform zero point
was left
battery connection cable) At delivery: return again.
disconnected for a while. 20 hours or more
After 5 years:
10 hours or more
I Was not disconnected. Perform investigation item 2.
Check whether a battery error Alarm occurred. Check the batten, voltaae.
alarm occurred recently. Did not occur. Perform investigation item3.
I
Tug the detector connector (unit Was disconnected (loose). Correctlv connect.
and detector side) to see if it has was not disconnect& Perform investigation item4.
disconnected.
Also check the cable between
the battery unitanddriveunit. I1
Turn the power OFF and check A connection defect was found.
Perform investigation item5 .
Check the repeatability. Does not recur. Perform investigation item7, and
Perform zero point return again. if there is no error, continue to
~~
use.
Always recurs. Perform investigation item6 .
Returns to normal once, but
Try connecting with another I Thealarmisontheunit. ReDlace the drive unit.
noml axis unit and check The alarm is on the detector. Perform investigation item7.
detector
or
side
side. I ~~~ ~~~
(Ex. ambient temperature, Take measures according to the
confirin cooling fan
~. ~

, .
1 1
I I
Alarm No. Scale CPU error: ;arihjcTT;{
The CPU in the absolute position linear scale connected to the
27 I
machine
end operating
correctly.
is not - I

1 Tug the connector to check if the Is disconnected (or loose). Correctly connected.
absolute position linear scale Not disconnected. Perform investigation item2.
connector (unit side and scale
2 OFF and check Replace the detector cable.
Connection is faulty. Turn the power
the detector cable connection Connection is connect- Perform investigation item 3.
with a tester.
normal axis unit and check The alarm occurs with the Perform investigation item 4.
I I whether the defectis on the unit , absolute Dosition linear scale. I
- side or scale side.
unit's peripheral environment. found. linear scale.
(Ex. ambient temperature, An abnormality was found in theTake measures accordingto the
noise, grounding.) ambient peripheral environment.cause.
confirm cooling fan
...
I add aroundina measures.
Alarm No. Scale overspeed(SUB): Alarm check period

28 The absolute position linear scale detected a speed of 45m/sec.
fl f2 f4 f3
or more when the NC power was turned ON. - 0 - -
1 Set the SV025: MTYP parameter
Check the absolute value linear The specifications are not for the
scale specifications. absolute value linear scale. Correctly.
The specifications are for the Perform investigation item2.
absolute value linear scale.
2 Check whether the machine was Is moving. Check the motor mechanical
operating when the alarm brakes and machine system.
occurred. Is not moving. Perform investigation item 3.
3 Tug the connector to check if the
Was disconnected (loose). Correctly connect.
absolute position linear Scale Was notdisconneed. Perform investigation item4.
the detector cable connection Connection was normal. Perform investigation item5 .
with a tester.
normal axis unit and check The alarm occurs with the Perform investigation item6.
whether *e defect is on the unit absolute position linear scale.
unit's peripheral environment. found. linear scale.
Ex. High temperature ._...
confirm cooling fan
I11 - 66
Alarm No. Absolute position detection circuit error (SUB): Alarm check period
29 The absolute position linear scale connected to the machinefl
end p2 f3 f4
detected an error in the scale or scale circuit. - 0 0 0
Investigationstem Investigation results Remedy
No."28".
Alarm No. Relative position detection circuit error (SUB): Alarm check period
2A The absolute position linear scale connected to the machinefl end p2 f3 f4
detected aspeed exceeding the absolute position linear scale's
maximum movement speed. - 0 0 0
I1 ! Investigation item
Check whether the machine was
I Investigation results
The machine was operating.
Remedy
Perform investigation item 3.
operating when the alarm The machine was not operating. Perform investigation item2.
OCCUTTed.
2 Check whether movement is Is moving Perform investigation item 3.
before turning the powerON.
Check the wiring
3 Tug the connector tocheck if the Was disconnected(loose). connect.Correctly I
absolute position linearscale Was not disconnected. Perform investigation item 4.
side)is disconnected. I ~ ~~~~
II
4 Turn the p o w e r OFF and check A connection defect was found. Replace the-detector cable.
with a tester.
I5 I Tw c o n n a n a with another I Thealarmisontheunit. Replace
drive
unit.
the I
II
~
normal axis u h and check The alarm occurs with the Perform investigation item6.
whether the defect is on the unit absolute position linear scale.
side or dewor side. ~ ~~
6 Check for abnormalities inthe No special abnormalities were Replace the-motor (absolute
unifs peripheral environment. found. position linear scale).
Ex. High temperature ..... .
confirm cooling fan
eck Alarm No. CPU error:

2B An error was detected in the data stored in theEEPROM of the
~~ ~-
Inveitigation item Investigation results Remedy

1 Investigate the items 3 and
followina for the alarmNo. "2A'.
Alarm No. EEPROMILED error: Alarm check period

PC An error was detected in the
EEPROM of the high-speed serial fl f2 f3 f4
detector connected to the motor end. - 0 0 0
following for the alarmNo. "2A".
I11 - 67
error:I Data
Alarm No. checkI
Alarm period I
2D I
IAn error was detected at a position within one rotation

of the
I I
Remedy
I I
1 Investigatethe items 3 and

following for the alarmNo. "2A".
I Alarm No. I Serial

detector
communication error: I
Alarm
check period 1
2F
I
I
Communication with the high-speed serial detector connected to
the motor end was disconnected.

I I
Remedy
I I

No. 11181'.
following for the alarm
Alarm No. Overspeed: Alarm check period

31 A speed exceeding the motor's tolerable speed was detected. fl f3 f4
(Maximum motor speedx 1.2)
- 0 0 0
1 Is the machine moving during theIs not moving Perform investigationitem 4.
alarm? Is moving Perform investigation item
2.
2 is
Check whether movement Is moving Perform investigation item
3.
before turning the powerON.
Check the wiring
Check whether the rapid Is too high. Correct tobelow the rated speed.
traverse rateis too fast. Is set to below the ratedspeed. Perform investigation item4.
4 80% or more of the maximum
Check whether the time constant Lower the rapid traverse time
is too low. value is displayed. constant so that the current value
Check the current value during rapid traverse
displayed on theservo acceleration/decelerationis less
monitor Screen. than 8OYo of the maximum value.
The setting is less than80% of Perform investigation item
5.
the maximum value.
i 5 Investigate the items2 and
1 No. "18.
following for the alarm A
I11 - 68
-. ...
" e
,._"
Alarm No. Power module error (overcurrent): Alarm check period

32 The IPM used by the inverter detected an overcurrent. fl f2 f4 f3
- 0 0 0
1 U, V, W phases on the Short-circuited, or not Are the Replace the U, VI W wires.
unit output short circuited. energized.
Disconnect theU, V, W wires .
from the terminal block and Normal. Perform investigation item2.
the motor cannon plug and
check betweenU, V, W with
a tester.
h
:e
ckthe U, V, W wires for a Short-circuited, or not Replace theU, V, W wires.
p u n d fault. energized.
Check between theU, V, W Normal. Perform investigation item3.
wires and grounding with a
tester in the itemIstate.
:heck for a motor ground fault. or not Replace the motor. Short-circuited,
Check between theU, V, W energized.
wires and grounding with a Normal. Perform investigation item 4.
mqger tester in the (Same level as other axes)
State.
~ ~~~~
>heck the servo parameter The settings are incorrect. Correctly set.
setting values. The settings are correct. Perform investigation item5.
Refer to the adjustment
procedures.
Tug the detector connector (unitWas disconnected (loose). Correctly connect.
see if it has
3nd detector side) to not disconnected. Perform investigation item6.
lisconnected.
rum the powerOFF and check A connection defect was found. Replace the detector cable.
e
' detector cab' mnnecfjon ' Connection was normal. Perform investigation item7.
with a tester.
Check the repeatability. Does not recur. Perform investigation item9.
Recurs Deriodicallv. Perform investigation item9.
Always recurs. Perform investigation item8.
normal axis unit and check The alarm is on the detector. Replace the motor (detector).
Check for abnormalities in the No special abnormalities were Wait.
noise, grounding)
confirm cooling fan
...
I11 - 69
....* " - .. .
Alarm No. NC communication CRC error: Alarm check period

34 An error was detected
in the data sent from the
NC to the driver. fl I 42 I f3 1 f4
I
- 0 0 1 0
Tug the connection connectors The connectors are Correctly connect.
between the NC and drive unit, disconnected (loose).
battery unit and drive unit, and Not disconnected. Perform investigation item2.
between drive units to see if they
are loose. Check that an
excessive force is not being
applied on the connector section.
Turn the powerOFF and check A connection defect was found. Replace the communication
the connection of the cable.
communication cable in item1 Connection is normal. Perform investigation item3.
with a tester. Try replacing with a
normal cable.
C h k k whether the NC and drive Was changed. Try returning to the original
unit software version was software version.
recently changed. Not changed. Perform investigation item4.
Replace with another normal The alarm is on the unit side. Replace the drive unit.
unit, and check whether the errorThe driver is not the cause. Perform investigation item5.
is on the NC side or unit side.
Check for abnormalities in the No special abnormalities were Replace the MCP card on the NC
unit's peripheral environment. found. ~~
side.
noise, grounding) ambient peripheral environment. Cause.
confirm cooling fan
~~
Alarm No.
An
NC error was detected
35 communication
NC.
~~ ~
in the
Data movement command data from the
error: yr;hryT;:1 - -
I
1 alarm
Investigate the items for
No. "34".
Alarm No. NC communication Communication error: Alarm check period

36 Communication from the NC was disconnected. fl f2 f4 f3
- 0 0 -
Investigation
item I Remedy
Investigation
results
Investigate the items for alarm
No. "34". I
Alarm No. Initial parameter error: Alarm check period

37 An illegal parameter was detectedin the parameters sent when fl f2 f3 f4
the NC power was turnedON. - 0 - 0
1 illegal parameter No. is The settingis incorrect. The Set the correct parameter.
displayed on the NC diagnosis The setting is correct. Perform investigation item3.
screen, so adjust the servo
parameter with the parameter 11 to&.
adjustment procedures.
I
The DarameterNo. is other than Perform investiaation item2
when paramet& No. is 101.
Check whetherthe servo Illegal or setting range is Refer to the parameter settings
parameter (PIT) (RNG1) (RNG2) exceeded. and supplementary explanations
(PC1) (PC2) combination is in the specifications, and reset to
illegal, or whether the setting the correct value.
range hasbeen exceeded. The settingis correct. Perform investigation item3.
Check the items for alarmNo.
I
Alarm No. NC communicationprotocolerror 1: Alarm check period
An error was detected
in the communication frame sent from the
fl f2 f3 f4
NC.
Investigation item investigation results Remedy
1 Investigate theitems for alarm
No. "34".
Alarm No. NC communication protocol error2: Alarm check period

39 An error was detectedin the axis information data sent from thef l f2 f3 f4
NC. - ' O 0 0
Investigation item investigation results Remedy
L
No. "34*.
Alarm No. Overcurrent: Alarm check period

3A An excessive current was detected
in the motor drive current. fl f2 f3 f4
- 0 0 0
Alarm No. 1 Power module

loverheat):
error I
L
Alarm
check
Deriod 1
36 The IPM used byi&erter
thedeiected
overheating. fl f2 f3 f4
- 0 0 0
Investigation Item Investigation results Remedy
Investigate the heat radiating
environment
1) Rotation of fan on rear of The fan is not rotating correctly. Replace the I Take measures
2) Contamination of radiating Remarkable amountsof cutting - Clean the fins oil or dust from
Check for abnormalities in the The grounding is incomplete. Correctly ground.
unit's peripheral environment. Take noise measures for the Alarms occur e
(Ex. ambient temperature, device on theleft. certain device operates.
noise, grounding) No particular problem. Replace the drive unit.
111 - 71
Alarm No. Feedback error1: Alarm check period

42 The feedback pulse was skipped or Zaphase error was fl 42 f3 f4
detected in the position detector. - 0 0 -
1 Investigate items 3 and following
for alarm No. "21".
Alam No. Feedback error2: Alarm check period

43 Excessive deviation was detected in the feedback amount off l the f2 f3 f4
motor end detector and machine end detector within the closed
loop. - 0 0 -
An FB IC error was detected in the semi-closed loop.
1 Investigate items 3 and following
for alarm No. "2A".
1
46 No-
A'ann I Motor overheat:
An errorwasdetectedinthetemperatureofthemotorbeing
Alarm check period
f l I 42 I f3 I f4
I driven.
Or,thethermalprotectorbuilt in thehigh-speedserialdetector
I connected to thema 3r end activated.
I-I I I
0 0 -
Investigation item lnvestiaation results
w
Remedy
Check the repeatability. Recurs within one minute startof Perform investigation item 3.
UP-
Recurs periodically after Perform investigation item2.
operating for some time. ~~~ ~
Check the motor temperature The motoris hot. Lessen the operation pattern.
If the problemis not solved,
perform investigation item 3.
The motoris not hot. Perform investigation item3.
Tug the detector cable The connectors are Correctly connect.
connectors (unit side and motor disconnected (loose).
side cannons) tosee if they are Not disconnected. Perform investiggtion item 4.
loose.
Turn the powerOFF and check Connection is defective. Replace the detector cable.
the detector cable connection Connection is normal. Perform investigation item5.
with a tester.
If the thermal connection is as No conductivity or large Replace the motor or detector.
shown below for OSEl04/105 resistance in the motor and
and OSA104/105,so cut the wire detector thermal.
between the motor and detector Perform investigation item7.
with a joint amplifier, and check
the thermal conductivity for each.
Replace with another normal axis The alarmis on the unit side. Replace the unit.
unit, and checkif the defect is on Occurs evenif unit is replaced. Perform investigation item7.
the unit.
(Ex. Ambient temperature, An abnormallty was found in theTake measures according to the
Ex. High temperature ..._.
confirm cooling fan
I11 - 72
Alarm No. I Overload 1: Alarm check periodI 1

The servomotoror servo driver load level obtained from the
motor current reached the overload level set with the overload
I detection level (SV022: OLL).
I
1- Investigation item Investigation results ~~~~~

Remedy
~
Check the servo parameter The setting is not the standardCorrect to the standard setting
(OU) (OLT) setting values. setting value. value if special specifications are
Standard setting valuesOLL: 150 not being used.
The value is the standard settingPerform investigation item2.
~ ~~
value.
Check the motor temperature The motor is hot. Ease the operation pattern.
when the alarm occurs. L
perform investigation item
3.
The motor is not hot. Perform investigation item
3.
Check whether the motor
is Hunting is occurring. Refer to the adjustment
hunting. procedures and readjust.
Check the cable wiring and
connector connections.
Check for mistaken
parameter settings.
Adjust the gain.
L
Hunting is not occurrina. Perform investigation item
4.
Replace with another normal axisThe alarmis on the unit. Replace the drive unit.
unit and check whether the Problem still occurs even after Perform investigation item
5.
defect is on the unit. unit is replaced.
Check whether the current value
The value is abnormal. Check the machine system.
displayed on theNC Servo The value is correct. Perform investigation item
6.
Monitor screenis abnormally
large when stoppedor during
operation.
unirs peripheral environment. found.
(Ex- ambient temperature, An abnormality was found in theTake measures according to the
confirm cooling fan
...
I11 - 73
- -UP_.. .,
1 yy;hy;ejri;: 1
Alarm No.
51 A current command95% or more of the driver's maximum
performance continued for1 sec. or more.
~~ ~
Overload 2:
~~
- - -
Check whether the PN poweris The voltage is supplied. Perform investigation item3.
being supplied to the driver. The voltage is not supplied. Perform investigation item
2.
Check the axis for which the
alarm is occurring and the
axis farthest from the power
supply-
Confirm that the power supply is no voltage at the PN Check the power supply unit. There
check the PN terminal voltage. There is a voltage at the PN Check the PN wiring between the
terminal. units.
The maximum value exceeds the
Check whether the current value Lengthen the acceleration/
displayed on the NC Servo level indicatedwith an x in the deceleration time constant, and
Monitor screen is abnormally table on the previous page. lower to80% of the limit value.
large during acceleration/ A correct value is displayed. Perform investigation item4.
deceleration.
Perform the items 3 and following
for alarmNo. "50.
~~~ ~~ ~~ ~
Alarm No. Excessive error I: . Alarm check period

52 Thedifferenceoftheidealpositionandactualpositionexceeded ' fl f3 f4
parameter SV023: OD1 (or SV053: 0 0 3 ) when the servo was
-
I
turned ON. - 0 -
1 Check whether the PN power is is supplied. Perform investigation item 3. The voltage
being suppliedto the driver.
alarm is occurring and the The voltageis not SUPPlid- PerForm investigation item2.
supply-
2 Confirm that the power supply Check no vottage
There isthe at the unit.
power suppljr PN
unit CHARGE lamp is lit and terminal. (The lampis not lit.)
check the PN terminal voltage- There is a voltage at the PN Check the PN wiring between the
terminal. units.
3 Checktheservoparameter The setting is not the standard Correct to the standard
(OD1) setting value. setting value. specification valueif special
specifications are not being used.
The setting is the standard Perform investigation item4.
setting value.
I11 - 74
I
lsupplementary explanation
The actual machine position deviated an amount exceeding the value set in OD1 from the ideal
machine position for the command position.
This will occurif the actual machine position enters the shaded area shown below.
Command positic
\
Position
OD 1
I
OD 1 >
servo OFF + Servo ON

Time
I11 - 75
___L ..
r Alarm No.
53
error
I
The difference of
Excessive
parameter SV026: OD2when the servo was turned OFF.
1
2: the ideal position and actual position exceeded
rajrn;hT;3pr;:
I
- I
0 I
- I
-
:heck the servo parameter The setting is not the standard Zorrect to the standard setting
lOD2) setting value. setting value. lalue if special specifications are
lot being used.
The setting is the standard 'erform investigation item2.
setting value.
:heck if the machine is moving Is moving. :heck the machine and
juring sew0 OFF. nechanical brakes.
Is not moving. >erform investigation item
3.
Tug the communication cable Is disconnected (loose). Zorrectly connect.
zonnector from the NC to the Not disconnected. 3erform investigation item4.
terminator (unit side and NC
side) to see if it is disconnected.
Turn the powerOFF, and check A connection defectwas found. Replace the communication
the communication cable =able.
connection with a tester. Connection is normal. Perform investigation item5.
Try changing with a normal
cable.
Replace with another normal axisThe alarm is on the unit. Replace the drive unit.
unit and check whether the Problem still occurs even after Replace the NC side MCP card.
defect is on the unit. unit is replaced. 1
solved,
If the problem is not
____
Tug the detector cable connectorIs disconnected ( l o o s e ) . Correctly connect.
(unit side and motor side cannon)
Not disconnected. 7.
Perform investigation item
to check ifit is disconnected.
Turn the powerOFF, and check A connection defectwas found. Replace the detector cable.
the detector cable connection Not disconnected. Perform investigation item
8.
with a tester.
(Ex. ambient temperature, An abnormallty was found in the Take measures according to the
confirm cooling fan
...
Alarm No. Excessive error3: Alarm check period

54 The motor current was not flowing when the excessive error f l f2 f3 f4
alarm 1 was detected.
I
- 0 0 -
Check whether the PN power isThe voltage is supplied. Perform investigation item3.
being supplied to the driver. The voltage is not supplied. Perform investigation item2.
alarm is occurring and the
supply.
Confirm that the power supply Check the power supply unit. There is no
check the PN terminal voltage. There is a voltage at the PN Check the PN wiring between
terminal. the units.
Check whether the motor powerThe power wire is not connected Increase the acceleration/
wire is connected to the motor. or the power wire is broken. deceleration time constant, and
Disconnect the power wire lower to approx.80% of the limit
from the terminal block, and value.
check between the UVW The power wire is correctly Perform investigation item4.
wires with a tester. connected.
normal axis unit and check The alarm ison the motor. Replace the motor.
A collision detection type 1 error was detected during theGO fl f2 f3 f4

modal (rapid traverse).
(A disturbance torque that exceeds the external disturbance - - 0 -
torque was detected.)
Investigation
Investigation
item
results Remedy
Is the collision detection function The collision detection function Perform investigation item2.
Check whether the machine has The machine has collided. Modify so that the machine does
The collision detection function Perform investigation item 3.
not I isbut
machine
has
the used, I I
collided.
Check the parameters. The setting is incorrect. Change SV060 (TLMT) to"0".
Is SV060 (TLMT) set to"O"?
Check whether the current has The current is90% or moreof Increase the time constant, and
reached the current limit value the current limit value. perform investigation item4.
or 90% of the limit value during The current is less than 90% of Perform investigation item4.
normal rapid traverse the current limit value.
Adjust the collision detection The alarm does not occur. -
specifications.)
Does the machine or current Is vibrating.
- Eliminate the vibration by
Is not vibrating. Perform investigation item6.
Try increasing the detection The alarm does not occur. If the problem is not solved by
level. replacing the unit, try increasing
the level.
The alarm occurs. Replace the drive unit.
I11 - 77
4. Troubieshootina (MDS-C1 Series)
Alarm No. Collision detection1: Alarm check period

59 A collision detection type1 error was detected during the
G1 fl f2 f3 f4
modal (cutting feed).
(A disturbance torque that exceeds the external disturbance - - 0 -
torque was detected.)
The collision detection function Perform investigation item2.
is not used.
Check whetherthe machine has The machine has collided. Modify so that the machine does
I I
~~ ~ ~~~~
The collision detection Gnction Perform investigation item3.

is used, butthe machine has not
collided.
I I
2 Checktheparameters.
Is SV060 (TLMT) set to"OH? I' Thesetting is incorrect. 1 Change SV060 (TLMT) to "0".
I
3 Check whether the current has The currentis 90°h or more of
reached the current limit value the current limit value. I
Increase the time constant, and
performinvestigationitem 4.
or 90% of the limit value during The current is less than 90°h of Perform investigation item 4.
I
~-
normal cutting feed
~~
occur.
Adjust the collision not
detection
the current limit value.
does
The alarm ~ ~~
I ~~~
I I
specifications.)
5 Does the machine or current Is vibrating. Eliminate the vibration by
Is not vibrating. Perform investigation item 6.
11
6 Try increasing the detection
level.
The alarm does not occur. If the problem
the level.
is not solved by
replacing the unit,try increasing
t The alarm occurs. Replace the drive unit.
Alarm No. Collision detection2:

SA A collision detection type
2 error was detected.

No. "58".
Alarm No. Power supply alarm: Alarm check period

60 to 7E An alarm is occurring in the power supply unit. fl f2 f3 f4
- 0 0 0
investigation item Investigation results Remedy
1 MDS-C1 -CV
Refer to the power supply
sDecifications.
A
I
- No. Amplifier power reset request: Alarm check period
7F An error was detected when the control mode (high gain mode, fl f4
standard mode) was selected.
Or, an error was detected in EEPROM
the if this error is detected -
again after the power is reset.
-- investigation item Investigation results Remedy

1 Confirm the repeatabillty. Always occurs. Replace the drive unit.
2 Check for abnormalities inthe No special abnormalities were Replace the drive unit.
confirm cooling fan
- add grounding measures.
Alarm No. I Watch don: I Alarm

check period
The servodrive software process was not executed within the
designated time.
I I 1 I 1
- Investigation item I Investigation

results I Remedy
Check whether
the
servo I It was
changed. I Try
returning
the
original
to
:software version was changed software version.
Irecentty-
- Not changed. ~
Perform investigation item2.
Iunit's
peripheral environment. found.
noise, grounding)
confirm cooling fan
Grounding not enforc ed.....
I11 - 79
- ,.. ...,
_",
4. Troubleshootina (MDS-C1 Series)
Alarm No. HR unit connection error: Alarm check period

m Incorrect connection or disconnection of the MDS-B-HR fl f2 f3 f4
connected the machine end was detected.
~~ ~~ ~~ ~ -I
0 I
0
- .
0
Tug the connector to checkthe if Is disconnected (loose). Correctly connect.
MDS-B-HR connector (unit side, 1s not disconnected. Perform investigation item 2.
HR side and linear scale side) is
disconnected. - 1
Turn the power OFF and checkThe connection is defective.
the connectionOf the detector Connection is normal.
cable (between driver and I/F
unit, and and
between I/F unit I I I
scale) with a tester.
Interchange with another correct Alarm occurs in unit. Replace the drive unit.
axis unit (Or MDS-B-HR), and Alarm occurs in MDS-B-HR Perform investigation item 4.
check whether the faulty section (linear scale).
is in the unitor MDS-B-HR
(linear scale).
Check for abnormalities in the No special abnormalities were Replace MDS-B-HR (linear
unit's peripheral environment. found. scale).
confirm cooling fan
Alarm No. HR unit HSS communication error: Alarm check period

8A The MDS-B-HR connected to the machine end detected an ferror l f2 f3 f4
in the communication with the absolute position linear scale. - 0 0 0
I I No. "89. I I I
8C
Ala-No- II HR unit scale judgment error:
The MDS-B-HR connected to themachineendcould
the connectedscale's analog wave cycle.
i lnvestiaation
item investiaation results Remedy
I s c o n n e c t e d (Ioose). Correctlv connect.
MDS-B-HR connector (unit side, Is not disconnected.
HR side and linear scale side) is
disconnected.
2 Turn the power OFF and check The connectionis defective. Replace the detector cable.
the connectionof the detector Connection is normal. Perform investigation item3.
cable (between driver andI/F
unit, and between I/F unit and
scale) with a tester.
Interchange with another correctAlarm occurs in unit. Replace the drive unit.
axis unit (or MDS-B-HR), and Alarm occurs in MDS-6-HR Perform investigation item4.
check whether the faulty section (linear scale).
is in the unitor MDS-B-HR
(linear scale).
Check for abnormalitiesin the No special abnormalities were Replace MDS-B-HR (linear
unit's peripheral environment. found. scale).
I noise,
grounding) ambient peripheral environment. cause.
confirm cooling fan
add aroundina measures.
111 - 80
Aa
ln No. I HR unit CPU error: 1 Alarm
Deriod
check 1
80 I The CPU forthe MDS-B-HR connectedtothemachineendis ' fl f2 f i f4 1
I not operating correctly. 1
0
- 1
- I
- 1
-
Investigation item I Investigation
results Remedy
Tug the connector to check if the Is disconnected (loose). Correctly connect.
MDS-B-HR connector (unit side Is not disconnected. Perform investigation item2.
and HR side) is disconnected.
Turn the powerOFF and check The connection is defective. Replace the detector cable.
the connection of the detector Connection is normal. Perform investigation item3.
cable (between driver andI/F
unit) with a tester.
Interchange with another correct Alarm occurs in unit. Replace the drive unit.
axis unit, and check whether theAlarm occurs inMDS-B-HR. Perform investigation item 4.
faulty section isin the unitor
MDS-B-HR.
Check for abnormalities in the No special abnormalities were Replace MDS-B-HR.
(Ex. ambient temperature, An abnormality was found in theTake measures according to the
confirm cooling fan
Alarm No. HR unit data error: Alarm check period

8E An errorwas detected in the analog interpolation data for the f l f2 f3 f4
MDS-B-HR connected to the main side. - 0 0 0
No- "89.
Ahrm No. Low+peed serial initial communication error: Alarm check period
90 Initial communication with the absolute position linear
scale was fl p2 f3 f4
not possible. - 0 0 0
No. " 5 8 .
Alarm No. Low4speed serial communicationerror: Alarm check period

91 An error was detected in the data from the detector in the fl f2 f3 f4
absolute position detection system using theOHA25K-ETI
- 0 0 0
absolute position linearscale.
I lnvestiaation
item I lnvestiaation results I Remedv
1 Investigate the items-3and
foliowing for alarm No."251
Alann No. Low-speed serial protocol error: Alarm check period

92 An error was detected in the data from the detector in the fl f2 f3 f4
absolute position detection system using theOHA25K-ET/
- 0 0 0
absolute position linearscale.
Inveswate the items 3 and
1
following for alarmNo. "25"
I11 - 81
Alarm No. Absolute position fluctuation: Alarm check period

93 Fluctuation exceeding the tolerable value was detected in the fl f2 f3 f4
absolute position detected when the NC power was turned ON. - 0 - -
1 Tug the connector to check if The the connectors are Correctly connect.
detector connector (unit side disconnected (loose).
and detector side) is Not disconnected. Perform investigation item 2.
disconnected.
Check the cable between the
rive and I I
unit battery
same time.
I I I
2 Turn the powerOFF and check Connection is defective. Replace the detector cable.
the detector cable connection Perform investigation
Connection item
is normal. - 3.
with a tester.
3 Check the repeatability. The erroris not repeatable. Perform investigation item5 ,
Carry out zero point return and connect and use if there is
again. no abnormality.
The error is always repeated, orPerform investigation item 4.
the state is recovered once, but
the error is repeated.
4 Replace with another normal axis The alarm is on the unit side. Replace the unit.
unit, and checkif the defect is onOccurs evenif unit is replaced. Perform investigation item 5.
the unit.
5 Check for abnormalities in the No special abnormalities were Replace the motor.
I
unit's peripheral environment.
(Ex. Ambient temperature,
noise, grounding)
found.
,
An abnormalitywas found in the Take measures according

- to the

confirm cooling fan
Alarm No. MP scale feedback error: Alarm check period

96 Excessive deviation was detected in the feedback amount off l the f2 f3 f4
motor end detector and MP scale in theMP scale absolute
- 0 0 0
position detection system.
1 Investigatethe items 3 and
following for alarmNo. "25'
Alarm No. IMP scale offset error: Alarm check period

97 Excessive deviation was detected in the feedback amount offlthe f2 f4 f3
motor end detector and MP scale in the MP scale absolute -
position detection system.
- 0 -
b
following for alarmNo. "25"
1 1
Alarm No.
9E An error was detected in the multi-rotation counter with the
high-speed serial detector connected to the motor end and ball
- 0 0 0
screw end. serial multi-rotation
High-speed counter error: Fr;hrF3pT;f
following for alarm No."25'
Alarm No. Battery voltage drop: Alarm check period

SF The voltage of the battery supplied to the absolute position f l f2 f4 f3
detector dropped. - 0 0 0
1 Check the battery unit voltage. Replace the battery. The battery voltage ha
There is no error in the battery Perform investigation item2.
voltage.
following for alarm No. "25l
Alarm No. Overload warning: Alarm check period

El An 80% level of the overload
1 alarm was detected. fl f2 f4 f3
- 0 0 0
1 Check whether the motor is hot.
The motor is not hot. Perform the items for alarm No.
"50".
The motor is hot. Perform investigation item 2.
2 if there is an error
when 1. If the operation pattern canbe
Operation is possible without Check
acceleration/ deceleration is eased, ease it. error.
performed. 2. If operation is possible without
an alarm occurring, continue
use.
Operation is abnormal. Perform the items 3 and following
L
for alarm No."50'.
Alarm No. Absolute position counter warning: Alarm check period

E3 Deviation of the absolute position and relative position
was fl f2 f4 f3
detected. - 0 0 -
1 Check the battery
Occurs whenNC power is turned Investigate voltage,
the state where the
warning occurred. ON. perform zero point return, and
then turn powerOFF and ON.
Occurs during operation. Perform the items for alarm "25'.
2 Check whether a battery error Check the batterywoltage. An alarm occurre
alarm occurred recently. Did not occur. Check the detector and cable.
Alarm No. Parameter error warning: Alarm check period

E4 A parameter exceeding the setting range was set. fl f2 f4 f3
- 0 0 -
1 Set the correct value according to
the parameter adjustment
procedure.
Alarm No. NC emergency stop: Alarm check period

E7 An emergency stop is being sentfrom the NC or an alarm fl
signal f2 f3 f4
occurred in another axis. - 0 0 0
1 Check if the NC side emergency Emergency stopis activated. Perform investigation item2.
stop switch is activated. Emergency stopis released. Perform investigation item 3.
2 Release the emergency stop. The machinestarts up normally. Normal
"E7" is still displayed. Perform investigation item3.
3 Check if a terminator or battery Abnormal place found Correct the abnormality.
unit is connected or if Normal Perform the items for alarm"34".
disconnected.
I11 - 83
5. Appendix
5. Appendix
5.1 Changing from closed loop to semi-closed loop
To move the axis with the semi-closed loop for troubleshooting due to a defect in the closed toop or for
temporary operation, changeover with the following procedure.
1. Leave the parameter SVOI7 SPEC bit 5 setting as it is, and change the other bits to
0.
2. Set parameter SVOl9RNGI according to the motor shaft end detector type.
HA053/13
For 10
Forothermotors100(Motorenddetector : OHA25K,OHE25K, OSAl04,OSEl04)
1000 (Motor end detector : OSAlO5, OSElO5)
3. Set parameter SV020 RNG2 to the same value as SVO19 RNGl .
4. Leave the lower 8-bit of parameter

SV025 MTYP as is, and change the upper 8-bit as shown below.
- ForHA053/1333xx
For othermotors
(xx is thesamesettingasthelower8-bit)
OOxx (xx is thesamesettingasthelower8-bit)
- Motor end detector: OHE, OSE type
1l x x (xx is the same setting as the lower 8-bit)
- Motor end detector: OHA, OSA type
5. Turn the NC power OFF andON and confirm the axis movement.
6. Confirm the backlash amount,1 pulse response, and overshooting duringacceleration/deceleration,

and change the compensation amounts if necessary.
Note 1) Write down the parameter data before changingso it can be applied when returning to closed
loop.
Note 2) Always perform set the reference point again when returning to the closed loop in the
absolute position detection system.
I11 - 84
~,.._. . -.
. _-._-
5. Appendix
Parameters p e r servo system
Relative position detection Absolute position detection

Para I Closed loop Closed loop
loop Ball screw end
detection
detection
bit7=l
Detector bit7=l
~ ~~ ~~~
I
......................3)
.......(HAOW1
.10 I
I
...... 100
100 Ball screw pitch
(OHE25WOSE104) .....................................
(OHA25WOSA104)
......................................
O0 ~~~~&~ Ball screw pitch
....................................
I o
l
t
0
..........................................................................
0(OSEIoa o
l
too (OSE105)
I Scaleresolution 1OOO (OSA105)
/OR
1OOO (OSA105) Scale resolution
10 (HA053/13) 10 (HA053/13) 10 (HA053/13) 10 (HA053/13)

..................................... ..................................... ............................................................................
svo20 Samesettingas 100 100 Same settingas 100 100
RNG2 mol 9 (OHE25WOSE104) (OHE25WOSE104) svol9 (OHE25WOSE104) (OHE25WOSE104)
.................................... ..................................... ............................................................................
lo00 (OSE1050) lo00 (OSE1050) lo00 (OSE105) lo00 (OSE105)
53w63xx 93WA3xx
l
x x (HA053/13) (HA053/13)
I ..................................... ............................... ...... ..................................... ( 0 ~ 5 ~ 0 ~ ~ 1 0 4 ) ............................................................................
hl myp I
m25 ooxx
(oHE~~WOSEI I 4ow6oxx
04) (OSE25WOSE104) (OHE25WOSE104)
.....................................................................
I 8oXX
I.....................................
...................................... 50W60XX
(OHE25WOSE104) (OHE25WOSE104)
SO>ovAOXX
............................................................................
Is2xx
I h....
22xx (OsA105) 52>Ov6= 92>OvA2>0<
(OSE105)
(OSE105) (OSE105)
* The l v , 0.lp.m changeover is performed with the NC parameters.

(When using HA053/13,0.1pmcannot be used.)
111 - a5
I l- FIB cable 1
~~ ~
Amplifier Detector
System Confi guration Capacity Motor enddetector Machine end Motor Machine
Servo amplifier
-
end end
r
Type Motor detector
or OHE25K-6
HA40N
1 E l Motor shaft enddetector
MDS-AB-V1-•
OSE10410SE 105
more
Max. tracking capacity: HA23N'OHE25K-85
5MPPS OSEl04SIOSE105S HA33N - CN2
Min.
resolution : 0.0036' OHE25K-108 Low inertia
lml Motor shaft end detector

speed
Max. : 3000rpm
MDS-NB-V2-0
1
I
OSEl04S/OSEl05S motor
Built-in encoder
I OHE25K-6
HA053
IHA40N
1
I
MDS-AB-VI-0
Max. tracking capacity: OHE25K-ET
5MPPS OSEl04ET CN2 CN3
Min.
resolution : 0.0036' OSAl04ET
Max. speed : 3000rpm
MDS-AIB-V2-0
1 1
HA053
u- U
I OHE25K-6 I or I Connection of various
I
/061104/0SE105 mz3N scales with a 1p
MDS-AB-VI-0 OHE25K-85
Max. tracking capacity specification, 0 . 5 ~
(according to maker) OSEl04S/OSElO5S HA33Nspecification
pulse FIB
CN2 CN3
Min. resolution OHE25K-108
inertia
possible.
Low
(according to maker) OSEl04S/OSE105S motor (Ex. MP
scale
MDS-AIB-V2-0
(Mitsubishi
HA053
Heavy
Built-in encoder Industries)) -
orOHA25K-4
HA40N
-
Q
0
0
1 Motor shaft detector
end
Max. tracking capacity:
I
MDS-NB-V1-0 OSAl04/0SA105 Imore 1
HA23NOHA25K-85
5MPPS OSAl04S/OSAlO5S HA33N CN2
Min.
resolution : 0.0036"
Max.
speed : 3000rpm MDS-NB-V2-0 OHA25K-108
inertia
Low
I
1 1 I
U
U
I OHE25K-6 IHA40N or I
1 Motor shaftdetector
end OSEl0410SE105 mG3N
MDS-NB-V1-0
Max. tracking capacity: OHE25K-85
OHA25K-ET
5MPPS OSEl04SIOSEl05S HA33N
OSAl04ET CN2 CN3
Min.
resolution : 0.0036' OHE25K-108
Low inertia OSAl05ET
speed
Max. : 3000rpm
I . .. ..- 1 -
I OHE25K-6 IHA40Nor I
OSE10410SE105
more
MDS-AB-VI-0
Max. tracking capacity: OHE25K-85 HA23N
Absolute
linear
value
0.83MPPS
CN2 CN3
Min.resolution : l p OHE25K-108
Max.
speed : 50mlmin. (Mitsutoyo)
MDS-A/B-V2-0
Tv. MDS-A-SP
MDS-B-SP
Spindle System Section
1 Adjustment Procedure
1.I Trial operation
Do not make remarkable adjustments and changes

of the parametersas the operation could
become unstable.
Link the motor and machine, and check the control status while breaking in the machine.
(1) Do the command speed andactual speed match.

When they do not match, confirm the following
;
1) Are the spindle parameters(SPOOO to SP384) correctly set?

Especially check that the following parameters are correctly: set
1) SP017 (TSP)
2) SPO34 (SFNC2)
3) SPO40 (MTYP)
4) SP257 to SP384
2) Confirm that the following spindle

NC parameters are correctly set:
I)Slimitl to 4
2) Smaxl to4
3) Smini
(2) Is the rotation smooth?

(3) Are there any abnormal noises?
(4) Are there any unusualodors?
(5) Is the bearing temperature abnormal?
Next, run the motor
with an actual load, and confirm that there are no errors.
IV - I
.l_l .. , .
1.2 Adjustment of orientation

1.2.1 Operation
There are three types of orientation stop that can be selected by setting parameter 1- .
1. PRE ........____............
(a)Spindleapproachesthestoppositionintherotationdirectionwhich is
same as that of ongoing rotation.
2. Fonward run ..........._ (b) Spindle always approaches the stop position in the forward run direction.
3. Reverse run ............ ( c ) Spindle always approaches the stop position in the reverse run direction.
OHC J I
I I
IV-2
Operation sequence
When orient command signal ORC turns O N , motor speed changes from steady run speed to
position loop changeoverspeedandatthesametime"stoppositioncommand"(multipoint
orientation) is read.
Whenmotorspeedreachesthepositionloopchangeoverspeed,controlmodechangesfrom
"speed control" mode to "position control" mode (position loop gain parameter (Note1)).
(Position loop changeover speed is automatically set in accordance with position loop gain setting.)
When control mode changes to position control mode, the distance to the stop is position
calculated
and spindlespeed is decelerated in accordance with the deceleration pattern set by parameter1-1
to stop.
When the spindleentersthe"in-position"rangesetbyparameter , orientedcompletesignal
ORCF turns ON.
The zeropoint can be shifted by setting parameter =
I] .
When orient command signal (ORC) is turned OFF, motor speed returns to the previously set
reference speed.
Motor speed
d
I
ORC
stop position
command
12b i t
I
GRl. CR2, GR3
QRCF b-
Note) 1-1 1-1
is used for magnesensor/motor built-ine n d e r type orientation, and for
encoder type orientation.
IV-3
.~ .
1.2.3 Encoder orientation stop positions
The stop positions willbe asshown below depending on the direction that the encoder is installed.
Case 1 Case 2
Encoder
Installation
Motor p&
direction Arrow A
Looking from arrowA Looking from arrowA
Normal
orientation
Forward run
ci$til %j Reverse run
COOH
(270" )
Forward
run 0 Reverse run
800H 8obH
(180' 1 080' 1
1.2.4 Parameter block diagram for orientation
block
Position
control Speed c o n t r o l blodc
r
I I
1- : Parameter name
I 1
From CNC +
Power
> n n
amplifier
&
[ X I
'
J
-
Position feedback - .
Spindle Speed feedback
motor
- GRB 1 - 6
CRA 1 - 6
- 0- Encoder
Bit5 or Bit6 p[
x-
IV-4
1.2.5 Preparation for adjustment

of motor built-in encoder orientation
[Related Parameters]
I Parameter No. I Abbrev. I Name Ivalue
Default I
Position loop gainfor magnesensor or motor
SPOOl PGM 100
built-in encoder orientation
I SP004 I OINP I Orientation
in-Dosition
width I 16 I
SP005 OSP Orientation changeover speed limit value 0
SPO06 CSP Deceleration rate during orientation 20
SP007 OPST Orientation position shift amount 0
SP025 GRAl No. of gear teeth on spindle side1 1
GRA2 SP026
No. of gear teeth on spindle side 2 1
SP027 GRA3 No. of gear teeth on spindle side 3 1
GRA4 SP028
No. of gear teeth on spindle side 4 1
I SP029 I GRBl I No.motor
side
ofon
teeth
aear 1 I 1 I
I SP030 I GRB2 I No.motor
side
ofon
teeth
clear 2 I 1 I
SP031 GRB3 No. of gear teeth on motor side 3 1
GRB4 SP032
No. of gear teeth on motor side 4 1
SP097 SPEC0 Orientation specifications 0000
Speed loop gain proportional item during
SP098 VGOP 63
orientation
SP099 VGOl Speed loop gain integral item during orientation 60
Speed loop gain delayladvance item during
SP100 VGoD 15
orientation
SP105 IQGO Current loop gain magnification during orientation
1 100
SP106 IDGO Current loop gain magnification during orientation
2 100
SP107 CSPZ Orientation deceleration rate2 0
SP108 CSP3 Orientation deceleration rate3 0
SP119 Orientation position loop gainH coil
MPGH 0
compensation magnification
Orientation position loop gainL coil
SP120 MPGL 0
I I I
~~ ~~~
Deceleration rate H coil magnificatiduring

SP121 MPCSH
orientation
I SP122 I MPCSL I Deceleration rate L coil magnification during
orientation
0
[Preparation]
1) Confirm that the parameters are set to the values given above.
IV-5
1.2.6 Preparation for adjustment of encoder orientation
Parameter No. Abbrev. Name Default value
SPO02 PGE Position loop gain during encoder orientation 100
SPO04 Orientation in-position width OlNP 16
SP005 OSP Orientation changeover speed limit value 0
SP006 CSP Deceleration rate during orientation 20
SP007 Orientation position shift amount OPST 0
SP025 GRAl No. of gear teeth on spindle side 1 Ito 32767
SP026 G W No. of gear teeth on spindle side 2 1 to 32767
SP027 GRA3 No. of gear teeth on spindle side 3 1 to 32767
SP028 GRA4 No. of gear teeth on spindle side 4 Ito 32767
SP029 GRBI No. of gear teeth on motor side 1 1 to 32767
P
SP030 GRB2 No. of gear teeth on motor side 2 Ito 32767
SP031 GRB3 No. of gear teeth on motor side 3 1 to 32767
SP032 GRB4 No. of gear teeth on motor side 4 1 to 32767
SP096 EGRA Encoder clear ratio 0
SP097 SPEC0 Orientation specifications 0000
1
Speed loop gain proportional item during 63
SP098 VGoP
orientation
SPO99 VGOI Speed loop gain integral item during orientation 60
Speed loop gain delay/advance item during 15
SPIOO VGoD
orientation
SP105 IQGO Current loop gain magnification during orientation
1 100
SP106 IDGO Current loop gain magnification during orientation 2 . 100
SP107 CSP2 Orientation deceleration rate 2 0
Orientation positionloop gain H coil 0
SP119 MPGH compensation magnification
Orientation position loop gain L coil
SP120 MPGL 0
SP121 Deceleration rateH coil magnification during 0
MPCSH
orientation
SP122 MPCSL I Deceleration rate L coil magnification during

orientation O I
IV-6
[Preparation]
1) The accurate gear ratio (or pulley ratio) from the motor shaft to the encoder rotation axis is
required.
Confirm
that
the
correct No. of gear teeth
is
set
in 1- to
ISP032 (GRBI) 1.
.ISP025 (GRA1) I to I SP028 (GRA4) I = A x cxE
Note) IsPo25 (GRA1) Ito I SPO32 (GRB4) may be set by the user, so make sure that these
are set accurately to correspond to the machine.
. 2) Confirm that the parameters are set to the values given above.
IV-7
I.Adjustment Procedure
1.2.7 Preparationfor adjustment of magnesensor orientation
.
I Pat.eter I Abbrev. I Name
Position loop gain for magnesensor or motor

Default value
I SPOOl I PGM I built-in encoder orientation

100
Orientation in-position width 16

Orientation changeover speed limit value 0
Deceleration rate during orientation 20
Orientation position shift amount 0
No. of gear teeth on spindle side 1 1 to 32767
I ~ SP026 1 GRA2 No. of gear teeth on spindle side 2 1 to 32767
I SP027 I GRA3 No. of gear teeth on spindle side 3 1 to 32767
No. of gear teeth on spindle side 4 1 to 32767
No. of gear teeth on motor side 1 1 to 32767
I SP030 I GRB2 No. of gear teeth on motor side 2 1 to 32767
Orientation specifications 0000
SP098 Speed loop gain proportional item during
63
orientation
1 1 1 SP099
SP100
Speed loop gain integral item during orientation
Speed loop gain delay/advance item during
orientation
Current loop gain magnification during
60
15
100
orientation 1
I SP106 I IDGO Current loop gain magnification during
orientation 2
100
_ _ _ ~
Orientation deceleration rate2 0
SP119 MPGH Orientation position loop gainH coil

0
SP120 MPGL
Orientation position loop gainL coil 0
Deceleration rateH coil magnification during
SP121 MPCSH 0
orientation
SP122 MPCSL Deceleration rate L coil magnification during
0
orientation
SP123 MGDO Magnesensor output peak value Standard magnet= 542
Compact magnet = 500
SP124 Magnesensor linear zone width Standard magnet= 768

MGDl Compact magnet= 440
Standard magnet = 384
SP125 MGD2 Magnesensor changeover point Compact magnet = 220
IV-8
[Preparation]
1) The accurate gear ratio(or pulley ratio)from the motor shaft to the magnesensor rotationisaxis
required.
Confirm
that
the
correct No. of gear
teeth is set
in 1- to
. 1-
1-
Note) 1to- 1 may be set by theuser, so make sure that these
are set accurately to correspond to the machine.
2) Confirm that the parameters are set to the values given above.
Spindle
+ E A
TT-
(A-F: No. of gear teeth)
IV-9
I.Adjustment Procedure
1.2.8 Adjustment of orientation
<Adjustment> ( { } for encoder orientation )
Orient positionshift adjustment

There is no volume or rotary switch for the osition shift.
position
parameter
with
the
shift
Set .
After setting1- , perform orientation, and adjustso that the target stop point
is
achieved.
Orientation
Normal speed Point at which speed

changes to oriented speed
Refer to the following table and set the corresponding orientation set.
~ ~~
Adjustment
Phenomena m
p
s
o
o
s1
Overrun at stop
I
!
alarm
Long orientation time
Hunting at stop
Excessive
error I
\
I \
- I
~
Note 1) : increase
-/ setting
value.
: Do not change setting value.
s-- : Decreasesettingvalue.
Note 2) The excessive error alarm will also occur when the detector direction
SP097
(SPECO) is incorrectly set.
1-1
Adjust 1{ - 1-
} first and then adjust .
To execute the shortest orientation time per gear setting, adjust 1-1 1, - and
1- in the same manner.
To set the shortest orientation time coil
perwhen using the , 1-
coil changeover motor, adjust
,1- ISP121 (MPSCH) Iand 1 SP122 (MPCSL) 1 in the Same manner.
If the
gear
ratio is excessive
error
alarm
occurs
andcannotbe
remedied with
the
above
adjustments,
Ifthe spindle rotates slowl in the forward/reverse run direction and does not stop during magnesensor
orientation, change the ISP0970] detector installation direction bit.
IV- 10
1.2.9 Adjustment of servo rigidity
Carry out adjustments with the following procedures to raise the servo rigidity.
Raise the position loop gainto the extent that overrun does not occur during orientation.
For motor built-in encoder orientation and ma nesensor orientation:
Raise the 1- value.
For encoder orientation : Raise the I SPOO2 (PGE) 1 value.
Raise
the 1- and
values
with
the
same
proportion
the
degree
to
that vibration does not occur during orientation sto
1-
For example, if is set to80, set 1 - f to 80.
I I
The value of SPlOO (VGOD) can be increased to raise the impact response during stopping.
However, if this value istoolarge,thetorque for thepositiondeflectionwilldrop.Thus,the
movement couldbe adversely affected suchas the orientation stop position being inconsistent, etc.
PI control will be applied
if this value is set to0.
1.2.10 "Delay/advance control" and"PI control" application
Normally, "delay/advance control" is selected. ( 1- # 0)
In the case described below, select the"PI control" function. ( 1 - # 0)

Frictional torqueof spindle is large and particularly accurate stop is required.
When "PI control" is used, sew0 rigidity will be somewhat inferior than that in "delay/advance" control.
IV- 11
-._ .~
1.2.1 1 Troubleshooting during orient error

(1) Does not orient (Keeps rotating)
-
Cause Check items Remedy Remarks
The parameters with the orient
The parameter
setting valueis detector do not match. I
Set SP037 (SFNC5) correctly. I
inappropriate. 1-
Motor buitt-in encoder orient
............. 4
Encoder orient
............. 1
Magnesensor orient
............. 2
Specifications are Motor built-in encoder Change to the motor with the For motor built-in
not correct. orientation is being carriedout with Z-
motor built-in encoder encoder orientation.
with a standard motor not phase.
provided with theZ phase.
The connector pinNo. is Change the wiring.
incorrect, or the connector
No.
where the wire is connected is
incorrect.
The wireis broken. . Change the wire.
(2) Stops after exceeding stopping point.

~~~~
Cause Check items Remarks

The parameter
setting valueis
inappropriate.
Improves when the orientationReadjust

deceleration ratio parameter
. 1- The same applies
to the followin
ISPOO6 (CSP) I is halved.
ISP108 (CSP3) I
ISP109 (CSP4) I
Improves when the position Readjust SPOO1 (PGM) and The same applies
eters to the followin
SPOO1
,loop (PGM)
gain and
paray
ISP002 (PGE) Iare halved.
The orient stop direction
is in
one direction (CCW orCW).
1-1
Set bit 0 and
1 to 0 h e ) .
Iv- 12
The stop
- position
- isOFF.
Cause Check items Remedy Remarks
Machine factor The stop positionis notOFF on There is backlash or slippage For encoder
the encoder axis. between the spindle and orientation
encoder.
The gear ratio between the
spindle and encoderis not 1 :1
or 1:2.
There is backlashor slippage For motor built-in
between the spindle and encoder
motor. orientation.
The gear ratio between the
spindle and motoris not 1: 1.
~ ~~~~ ~~~~~ ~~
The position detection cableis Do not junction the cable.

junctioned with a terminal block
(connector), etc.
The position detector cable Correctly treat the shield.
shield treatmentis not correct.
The signal wireis peeled too Keep the peeled section to
much at the position detector 3cm or less when possible.
cable connector section. Keep the peeled section as far
(The section not having a shieldaway from the drive line as
is long). possible.
(4) The stop positiondoes not change even when the position shift parameter is changed.
Check items Remedy Remarks
The parameter The gear ratio between the If the gear ratio on the left is
setting valueis spindle and encoderis 1:2 used between the spindle and
inappropriate (encoder rotates once per two encoder, the position shift
spindle rotations), andthe amount per spindle rotation is
position shift was changed to 2048 and not4096.
2048.
IV- 13
, .
1. Adiustment Procedure
(5) Vibrates when stopping.

CaUSe I items
Check Remarks
The parameter
setting value is
nappropriate
Decrease the position loop

several Hz.
loop gain
Increase the current
The vibration frequency

is Decrease thespeed loop gain
1OHz or higher. arameter for orientation
loop gain
Decrease the current
(6) The oriented complete signalis not output.

Cause I items Check I
Remedy I Remarks
Refer to(1) Does not orient.
The machineload The in-positionis too small
is heavy.
(parameter I-].)
set in the
Change the orientation stop Review the values
control from delay/advance to
PI control.
IV- 14
1.3 Synchronous tap adjustment
1.3.1 Synchronous tap operation adjustment
<Preparation>
Before adjusting the synchronous tap, carry out operation with thespeedcommand or orient
adjustment, and thenfollow the steps below.
<Parameter>
(1) Setting the spindle controller
#
:PO37
r Parameter
SFNCS spindle
Description
>ossibilities of orient type and synchronous taptype combinations and setting
I
unction lalU0S.
3
Closed type Semi-closed Setting
type value
No orient X X X 0
I
I
I
IOrient type
II
I
Motor built-in
encoder
Encoder
orient
lI 0x lI x0 l I o l o
I I I
X X
4 1
I I 1
I Magnesensor
orient l x l x l o l o
0..... Possible, X ..... Not possible
IV- 15
(2) NC screen settings
Description Setting value
:User parameter>
tap Valid
Synchronous tapis validated. When not valid, the conventional
zycle will run.
:Machine parameter>
3asic speci- )it3 of Set whether the synchronous tap uses the time constant set 0:Time
ications nparl method orslope set method. constant set
mrameters 1:Slope set
a p t1 Sets the position command time constant for the time constant 1toset1500
synchronous tap. (m-1
If the start up timefall max.Standard:
ortime to rotate to the considerable tap
s p e e d with theS command is t, set the following: 1000
Servo 'GNlSP
I When tap precision is priority : tap-tl = t x 2 (ms)
When tap cycle timeis prionty: tap-tl = t X 1.2 (ms)
set.the 1 to 200
Sets the position loop gain during synchronous tap. Always
mrameter :svo49) same value as for the spindle parameter PGT. Standard: 10
[Z axis)
Spindle NC ;gear Sets the gearratio between the spindle and spindle encoder. 0
Darameters Always set to0 (1:Iwhen
) not using the spindle encoder (semi- Standard: 0
closed type).
;tap 1 Sets the max. spindle speed during theslope set tap cycle at gears0 to 99999
;tap 2 00, 01, 10, 11. (wm)
;tap 3
;tap 4
stap 1 Sets the time constant tothe max. tap speed during the slope set 0 to 5000
;tap 2 tap cycle at gears00, 01, 10, 11. The setting method is the same(msec)
;tap 3 as taptl above.
;tap 4
Spindle PGT Sets the position loop gain during synchronous tap. Always set 1the to 100
parameters same value for(Z axis) parameter PGNlSP. Standard: 10
SPECT bit 5 . ....... Sets the detector (spindle encoder) rotation direction -
during synchronous tap. Set0 for semi-closed.
bit 3.-...... Set to1for a strong excitation during synchronous tap.
The response to impact loads wil increase. Normally0.
bit 0 ........ 0: Closed (when there is an encoder on the spindle)
1: Semi-closed (when there is no encoder on the
spindle)
bit 4 ..... ... Decides the motor command direction (spindle rotation
direction at G84) during synchronous tap.
bitE=O .... Performs zero point return at the beginning of the
synchronous tap mode.
bitE= 1.... Enters the position loop immediately after deceleration
and stopping without performing zero point return.
GRAl- The gear ratio of each gear step mustset becorrectly with the no. -
GRA4, of teeth.
GRBl- Motor
Motor
shaft
side No. of teeth (GRB1-GR64) Spindle
GRB4 speed x Spindleside No. of teeth (GRA1-GRA4) = speed
EGEAR Sets the gear ratio between the spindle and spindle encoder. 0
Always set 0 (1:1) when not using the spindle encoder (semi- Standard: 0
closed type).
<Points of caution>
1) When the spindle is driven with belt the or the timing belt in the semi-closed method (with no spindle
encoder) thebelt may slipor stretch and make precise synchronized tapping difficult.
When driving with the belt, use the spindle encoder, and carry out synchronized tapping in the closed
method. In this case, use the encoder type orient for orientation.
2) When the spindle and encoder are connected with a speedofratio 2:l in the closed method (with the
spindleencoder),setthespindleparameterto 1.
Set the spindleNC parameter E]

to 1.
<Confirmation and adjustment of the operations

Items to check during abnormal
Normal operation
operation
Reverse1-1 bit 4 when the
rotation direction goes in the reverse
Spi-speed tap direction.
t When the rotation numbers differ,
Spindle recheck whether the parameter and
machine specifications match.
Others: Refer to troubleshooting for
10 rotations in
synchronous tap error.
Carry out the cutting test with the floating tap chuck installed.
Refer to troubleshooting for
1) Is there any stretchingor shrinking of the tapper? synchronous tap error.
2) Is precisetap machining carried out?
Carry out the cutting test without the floating tap chuck Refer to troubleshooting for
installed. synchronous tap error.
1) Is precise tap machining carried out?
1.3.2 Troubleshooting for synchronous tap error
Cause I mmedy
~ 1 1 Excessivedifferencealarm(alarm 52) 1 I) The spindle parameter1-1 bit 5 synchronous tap
in reverse.
detector direction is set
2) The spindle motor cannot follow the command as the tap
time constantis too short.
Multiply the longer of theS command's rising time or
falling time by 1.2 or more, and set.
1) The spindle motor cannot follow the command as the tap
time constant is too short.
Multiply the longer of theS command's rising time or
falling time by 1.2 or more, and set.
3 The spindle rotation movement amount
does not match the command value.
1) The spindle parameter 1-
bit 0 close/semi-close
setting is wrong.
2) The spindle parameter gear ratio to 1-1 1,-
to [=I settings do not match the machine
gear ratio. -
I 4 I 1) Thetapbreaks. 1) The (Z axis) parameter1- and spindle parameter

The tap precisionis poor.
1 x 1 values are not the same.
2) The tap time constant is too short.
3)The programscrew pitch F and the actual tap pitch are
different.
4) The tap slips at the chuck. Change to a larger chuck with
a looser tightening toque.
5 ) The prepared hole is shallow and the cut powder is not
removed well.
6) A tap with poor removal of the chip is used.
(A spiral tap is desirous.)
7 ) The tap depth too is deep for the tap diameter.
(Normally 2 to 3 times.)
8) A large noise interrupts the position feedback signal, and
the synchronized precisionis poor. In the closed method,
check the spindle encoder cable and in the semi-closed
method check the shield treatment ofspeed the feedback
- cable from the motor.

Check whether a normal shield wire is used iforit is
disconnected.
9) Redace with a new tap.
The spindle stopsor the precision
is poor during tappingas the load
1) Set the spindle parameter 1-1 bit 3 to 1, and select
is too heavy. the strong excitation.
2) Increase speed loop gain during tapping.
3) Use tapping paste.
6 At low-speed rotations (under1000 1) The position loop gain is slightly OFF.
rpm) there are no problems, and at (Example)
high speeds: At close, the pulley ratio when V belt connection is carried
1) The tap breaks. out between the motor and spindle does not match the
2) The tap precision is poor. theoretical gear ratio (a).
IV- 18
2. Troubleshooting
2. Troubleshooting
1. Always wait at least ten minutes after turning the power supply
OFF before starting maintenance
and inspection.
Failure to do so could lead to electric shocks.
2. Maintenance and inspection must be done by a qualified technician. Failure to observe this could
lead to electric shocks. Contact your nearest Service Center or Service Station for repairs and
part replacement.
2.1 Introduction
If any trouble occurs with the control unit, perform the preliminary checks described below and then
proceed to the troubleshooting described later.
The following preliminary checks are very important when you consult with service engineer.
Preliminary check
I NOTICE
1. Which alarm is displayed on the unit alarm display? Confirm the past alarms on the unit's 7-
segment displayor on the NC diagnosis screen. (Refer to the alarm and warning in list2.4.)
2. Is the troubleor failure repeatable?
3. Are ambient and inner-panel temperatures normal?
4. When did the trouble occur (during acceleration,
or deceleration, or steady-speed operation)?
What was the speed?
5. Is rotation direction correct?
6. Did instantaneous power failure occur?
7. Does the same trouble occur in a specific operation, or when a specific command is given?
8. How frequently does the trouble occur?
9. Does the trouble occur when load is applied,
or when load is removed?
10. Were emergency procedures performed?
11. How many years has the control system been used?
12. Is supply voltage normal?
Does it change from time to time?
2.2 First step of troubleshooting

Perform the following check:
In any case, it should not drop below -1 5% of 200V.

-
(1) Power supply voltage: 200V(+10%-15%0) 50Hz, 200 230V (+10%-15%) 60Hz
(Ex.) Check if the supply voltage drops at a specific time everyday.

Check if the supply voltage drops at start of a specific machine.
(2) Is the peripheral control unitor functions in good condition?
(Ex.) Are the NC, sequence circuit, etc., proper?
Visually check the conditionof cables and other components.
(3) Is temperature inside and outside the control unit below 55"C?
(4) Visually check the control unit appearance.
(Ex.) Looseness in the connector, damageor entering of foreign matter, etc.
IV- 19
2. Troubleshooting
If the above status confirmation is carried out sufficiently, the faulty section should be apparent.
The most likely troubles or failures
of MDS-A-CV, SP can be largely divided into the following two groups:
Control unit does not work satisfactorily when

is turned
it (I).
on for the first time
Trouble A
E Controlunitcomesintoastandstillabruptly (11).
Control unit fails from time to time, or error occurs in orientation stop position, or "alarm"
lamp lights(111).
I
Unit trouble Trouble in power supply unit
Trouble in spindle drive unit
Trouble B Trouble
with
detector Failure inspeed detect encoder
-€ Trouble in 1024P/rev encoder

Trouble in9OOOOP/rev encoder
Trouble in magnesensor
from NC
Trouble in parameter, transfer data
Trouble with power supply
Trouble with motor
Other troubles (mismatching input sig,nal conditions, cable disconnection, etc.)
2. Troubleshooting
2.3 Second step of troubleshooting
Trouble I Check items Remedy

Unit does not work As long as the control unit is handled
satisfactorily when carefully, this type of trouble
is quite
it is turned ON for unlikely to occur.
the first time The most possible cause is,
(1) Mechanical shock or impact was (A) Visually check if any part of the
given to the unit during shipment, equipment is damaged.
- installationor handling.
(2) External wiring or sequence is (2) Confirm that the 7-segment LED in
incorrect, or disconnected. the unit is lit.
Check aroundina wire. Check the external wiring and
(It is not required to consider power sequence. (Note 1)
phase sequence.) The inputloutput signals to the unit
can be checked on the NC spindle
- monitor screen.
(3) Check for mistakes in the (3) Checkthespindleparameters.
- parameter settings.
(4) Motor speed cannot be increased. (4) Check that the motor wires are
correctly connected toU W .
When using the built-in motor,
make sure that the waveform
output from the speed detector is
- correct.
(5) No-load operation is in good (5) Checktheloadcondition.
- condition.
(6) Only orientation stop function is not (6) Adjusttheorientation.
- in good condition (overrun, etc.)
(7) The C axis, synchronous tap, and (7) Adjust and check the waveform
spindle synchronous are not from each detector.
operating normally.
I r (8) An alarm is displayed on the unit's
7-segment display.
(8) Referto 2.5.
Note 1) "Start signal CW, CCW' should be turned ON after "ready' signal and speed command been
have
input.
IV - 21
, . .., I Y .
2. Troubleshooting
Trouble I1 Check items Remedy

Control unit comes ( I ) Check the input power voltage. (1) Restore to normal if abnormal.
into a standstill AC200V + I 0% -1 5% 5OHZ Secure a power capacity that can
abruptly AC200 to230V + I 0% -1 5% 60Hz maintain the voltages on the left
during operations (during
acceleration/deceleration, cutting).
(2) Analarmisdisplayedontheunit's I (2) Referto 2.5.
7-segment.
(3) Is the signal input fromNC correct'? (3) Check on the NC spindle monitor
screen.
(4) Is the waveform output from each (4) Check the waveform with a
detector normal? synchroscope, and readjust or
Built-in speed detector replace.
1024P/rev encoder
9OOOOP/rev encoder
Magnesensor
~~ ~ ~
~~
Trouble I11
~~
Check iteins Remedy
Operation is not In this case, the comprehensive analysis
correct sometimes. must be accomplished to determine the
The orientation cause (load condition, operation mode,
stop position etc.).
deviates. Refer to the causes below.
An alarm displays, ( I ) The input power stopped ( I ) Perform a detailed investigation of
but after turning the instantaneously or dropped, and the
power OFF and . .Dower fluctuation, etc.
the inwt
instantaneous stop alarm displayed. I
ON or resetting, ~~
(2) Check if malfunction occurred in (2) Find the noise source, and install a
the operationis
control circuit, due to large noise. surge killer, etc.
restored.
The unit is capable of withstanding Review the unit's grounding,
noise (in power supply) of detector shields and grounding, etc.
1600V/1ps. ~~
(3) The orientation is incorrect. (3) Readjust the parameters for

The orientation stop position is orientation. (Change the SPOOI,
deviated. 002, and 006 setting values.) When
The orientation time is long. using the 1024P/rev encoder,
inspect the backlash between the
spindle and encoder.
IV - 22
2. Troubleshooting
2.4 Alarm and warning table
Name
M L;1ItZ- 3UI I I UI M I V I GI tSI I UI UclcIUlI CU II I L I IC 3p11 IUIG UI I V G
12 ME1 Memoryerror 1 PR
control card ROM.
13 SWE 'Oftware pr-ss The
software
data
process
did
not
end
within
the
set
time.
PR
error
The current detectionAD converter did not function correctly
AD€
17 AD error PR
during initialization.
L I 1 - 3 4
No signal
(spindle
The
. signal
- wasnot
input
from
the
spindle
encoder (for DE>
encoder) I orientation, C axis), or was not at the normal level. I E\
c).l
L3 UQL
Excessive speed The speed command and
motor
speed
deflection
exceeded PR
deflection the specified value and the state continued
____ ~~~
for a specified time.
31 OS Overspeed The motorspeed exceeded 115% of the set
max.
speed.
PR
Power module A currentexceedingthesetvalueflowedintotheIPMusedby DR
32 PMOC I I .
overcurrent the spindle drive's main circuit.
34 DP CRC error 1 A CRCerroroccurredinthecommunicationdatafromtheNC. PR
, Themovementcommand from the NCwasexcessivelylarge DD
There was a protocol error in the communication withthe NC.

39 Tp2 Protocol error2 PR
(Information error)
3B PMOH Powermodule Overheating of the IPM used by thespindledrive'smaincircuitwas
PR
overheat detected.
40 KEl TK
unit
change
error
The changeover signal
procedure
was
mistaken
when
using PR
the TK unit.
TK
unit
Thecommunication
withthe
TK
unit
wasnot
correctwhen
41 KE2 PR
communication error using the TK unit.
C axis changeover When usingthecoilchangeovermotor, C axis control was carried out
44 CAXE NR
Note) If the above protective functions activate, the alarmNo.w i l l be displayed on the 7-segment LED built into the
spindle drive, andthe following will occur.
Operation PR : The base currentof the spindle drive will be shut off, the external contactor will turn OFF,
and the spindle motorwill coast to a stop.
Operation NR : The spindle motorwill decelerate and stop with the regenerative motor, and then the base
current wil be shut off.
Operation AR : Only a warning wil display, and operation canbe continued.
IV - 23
2. Troubleshooting
2.5 Approach per phenomenon
.2.5.1 When alarm or warning is displayed on the 7-segment display
(1) Alarm No. : Memory

error 1
[Meaning] A check sum or RAM check error occurred in the spindle drive control unit ROM.

1 Investigate the repeatability. Occurs each time the power is Replace the spindle drive unit.
turned ON.
Occurs periodically. Perform investgation item
2,
and remedy.
2 Investigate the wiring and
installation environment.
1) Is the unit correctly 1) The grounding is incomplete. Correctly ground.
grounded?
2) Is there any equipment 2)The alarm occurs easily Take noise prevention
generating noise near the when certain equipment measures for the left equipment.
unit? operates.
No special problem. Replace the spindle drive unit.
(2) Alarm No. : Software process error

[Meaning] The spindle drive unit data process did not end within the set time.

1 Investigate the repeatability. power is
Occurs each time the Replace the spindle drive unit.
turned ON.
Occurs periodically. Perform investigation item
2,
and remedy.
1) Is the unit correctly 1) The groundingis incomplete. Correctly ground.
grounded?
2) Is there any equipment 2) The alarm occurs easily Take noise prevention
generating noise near the when certain equipment measures for the
left equipment.
unit? operates.
2. Troubleshooting
(3) Alarm No. : AD converter

error
[Meaning] The current detectionAD converter circuit did not function correctly during initialization.

1 Investigate the repeatability. Occurs each time the power is Replace the spindle drive unit.
turned ON.
Occurs periodically. Perform investigation item2 ,
- and remedy.
1) Is the unitcorrectly 1) The grounding is incomplete.Correctly ground.
grounded?
unit? operates.
(4) Alarm No. 1211 : No signal detected

. [Meaning] Error in the 1024Plrev encoder for orientation 90,000
or pulse encoder for C axisA, B, Z
phase signals.
Investigation item
~ ~~~~~
1 Check the spindle parameter "1*'is set to Bit
0 even though Correctly set.
(SP037: SFNCS) setting value. encoder orientationis not used.
No special problem. Perform investigation item
2,
and remedy.
2 Tug the connector to check if Is disconnected (loose). Correctly connect.
the detector connector (spindleIs not disconnected (loose). Perform investigation item3,
drive unit side and detector and remedy.
7
3 Turn the power OFF and check A connection defect or broken Replace the detector cable.
the detector cable connection wire is found. Correctly connect.'
with a tester.
When usingMBE-9OK for the C Connection
axis detector, peiform
investigationitem 4, and
remedy.
In other cases, replace the
7
spindle drive unitor detector.
4 When using theC axis built-in The waveformis not correct. Readjust.
detector MBE-SOK, check the Replace the detector.
output waveform. The waveform is correct. Replace the spindle drive unit.
IV - 25
2. Troubleshooting
( 5 ) Alarm No. a : Excessive speed deflection

[Meaning] The speed command and current motorspeed difference exceeded50wm or more for
12 seconds.
Check theU W wiring between is not correct. Correctly wire. The wiring
the spindle drive unit and motor. The wiring is correct.
'
Perform investigation item 2,
and remedy.
Check the spindle parameters Correctly set. The values are not correct
(spo34, spo40, sp055vsp257 The correct values are set.
'
Perform investigation item3,
and following) setting values. and remedy.
Measure the acceleration/ Takes 12sec. or more. Increase the spindle parameter
deceleration time to the max. (SP055) setting value.
spindle speed. If the alarm Takes 12 sec. or less. Perform investigation item
4,
occurs when changing from and remedy.
forward run (reverse run) to
reverse run (forward run),
measure the time from the
foward run (reverse run) max.
speed to the reverse run
(forward run)max. speed.
If the alarmoccurs during The load amount is 120% or Decrease the load.
cutting, check the load amount. higher.
The load amount is 119% or Perform investigation item
5,
lower. and remedy.
Tug the connector to check if Is disconnected ( l o o s e ) . Correctly connect.
the detector connector Is not disconnected (loose). Perform investigation item6,
(spindle drive unit side and and remedy.
speed detector side)is
disconnected.
Turn the powerOFF and check A connection defect or broken Replace the detector cable.
the speed detector cable wire is found. Correctly connect.
connection with a tester. Connection is normal. Perform investigation item 7,
l
and remedy.
Check thespeed detector The waveformis not correct. Adjust so that itis correct.
waveform. Replace the detector.
The waveform is correct. Replace the spindle drive unit.
2. Troubleshooting
(6) Alarm No. 1311 : Overspeed

[Meaning] The motor speed exceeded 115% of the value set in spindle parameter (SPO17:TSP).

1 Investigate the repeatability Occurs only duringspeed loop Perform investigation item2,
operation. and remedy.
Occurs only during position loop.Perform investigation item3,
and remedy.
Occurs constantly. Perform investigation item4,
and remedy.
2 Check the spindle parameter The setting valueis 2000' or Increase the setting value.
(SPO17: TSP) setting value. less.
The setting valueis 2001' or Perform investigation item4,
more. and remedy.
3 1) If the alarm occurs during 1) The SP193 bit5 (position Correctly set.
synchronous tap, check the detector polarity) setting is
spindle parameter incorrect or the tap time
(SP193:SPECT) setting constant setting is too low.
value and the tap time
constant.
2) If the alarm occurs during 2) The SP177 bit5 (position Correctly set.
spindle synchronization, detector polarity) settingis
check the spindle parameter incorrect or the spindle
(SP177: SPECS) setting synchronization time
value and the spindle constant setting is too low.
synchronization time
constant.
3)If the alarm occurs during 3)The SP129 bit5 (position Correctly set.
the C axis, check the spindle detector polarity) setting is
parameter (SP129: SPECC) incorrect or each feed time
setting value, and C axis constant setting duringC
rapid traverse and cutting axis is too low.
feed time constants. The set values are correct. Perform investigation item
4,
and remedy.
7

grounded?
generating noise near the when certain equipment measures for the
left equipment.
unit? operates.
3)Are the speed and position 3)The shields are not correct. Correctly shield the cables.
detector cables correctly
shielded?
No special problem. Perform investigation item 5,
and remedy.
-
5 Check the speed detector The waveformis not correct. Adjust so that it is correct.
waveform. Replace the detector.
- The waveform is correct. Replace the spindle drive unit.
IV - 27
-....
2. Troubleshooting
(7) Alarm No. 1921 : Power module overcurrent

[Meaning] A current exceeding the specified value flowed into the IPM used by the spindle drive
unit.
1

Check when the phenomenon Occurs before readyON. Replace the spindle drive unit.
i
occurred.
Occurs ON. after and remedy.servo
~
Check the spindle parameters The values are not correct. ~~

Correctly set.
~
(SPO34, SP040, SP055, SP257 The correct values are set. Perform investigation item
3,
and following) setting values. and remedv.
If the alarm occurs during The load amountis 120% or Decrease the load.
cutting, check the load amount. higher.
The load amountis 119% or Perform investigation item
4,
lower. and remedy.
Check the UVW wiring
between the spindle drive unit
and motor.
1) Are the terminal screws 1) The screws are loose. Correctly tighten.
loose?
2) Do the wires short-circuit 2) There is a short-circuit. Replace the cable.
between phases?
3) Is there a ground fault
in one 3)There is a ground fault. Replace the cable.
of the phases?
Open both ends of the cable There is no special problem. Perform investigation item
5,
when checking2)and 3). and remedy.
Check the motor insulation. The resistance value isMS
1Z or Replace the motor.
Check between each motor less.
and ground with a megger
tester. ’ The resistance value 1
more.
isMQ or Perform investigation item
and remedy.
6,
Check the power voltage. The powervobge drops below Review the power capacity.
170V during acceleration/
deceleration and cutting.
The power voltage is constantly Perform investigation item
7,
~~ ~~~~~~ ~
and remedv. 171V or more.
Investigate the wiring and
grounded?
2) Is there any equipment 2)The alarm occurs easily Take noise prevention
unit? ~~~~
operates. ~ ~~ ~

2. Troubleshooting
(8) Alarm No. 1341 : CRC error

[Meaning] A CRC error occurred in the communication data from the
NC.
Investigation item lnvestiaation results Remedy

Tug the connection connectorsIs disconnected (loose). Correctly connect.
or terminating connectors Force was applied.
between theNC and spindle
No special problem. Perform investigation item2,
drive units, battery unit and and remedy.
spindle drive unit, and spindle
drive unit and servo drive unit to
check if they are disconnected.
Also check if an excessive force
is being applied on the
connectors.
Disconnect each cable in item A connection defectwas found. Replace the cable.
1, and check the connection
with a tester.
No connection defectwas found. Perform investigation item3,
and remedy.
Investigate the wiring and
grounded?
unit? operates.
I No special problem. Replace the spindle drive unit or
the MCP card on the NC side.
(9) Alarm No. 1351 : Data error

[Meaning] The movement command data from theNC was excessively large during position
control.
Investigation item
Perform the same investiga-
tions items and remediesas for
alarm NO. 1341 .
(10) Alarm No. j361 : Transmission error

weaning] The periodic data transmission fromthe NC was terminated.
~~~ ~

Perform the Same investiga-
tions items and remedies as for
alarm No. 1341
.
2. Troubleshooting
(11) warm NO. : Parametererror

[Meaning] NC during initialization was illegal.
The spindle parameter sent from the
~ ~ ~~~ ~ ~

1 Check the spindle parameter The setting is incorrect. Correctly set.
setting Values. The No. Of the N~ special problem. Perform investigation item2,
parameter with an abnormal and remedy.
setting will display on the NC
spindle diagnosis screen.
2 Perform the same investiga-
tions items and remedies as for
alarm NO. .
~ ~ ~ ~~ ~ ~~~~ ~
(12) Alarm NO. : Protocolerror 1

NC.(Frame error)
[MeaninglTherewas a protocol errorin the communication with the
tions items and remediesas for
alarm No. . 1341 A
(13)~lannNO. 1391 : Protocol error 2

[Meaning] There was a protocol error in the communication with the NC. (Information error)
esas
and I
items I tions I I I
(14) Alarm No. (381 : Power module overheat

[Meaning] Overheating of the IPM used
in the main circuit of the spindle drive was detected.
environment
1) Rotation of fan onrear of Replace the TheTake fanmeasures
is not rotating correc
2) Contamination of radiating Remarkable amounts of cutting Clean the finsoil or dust from
radiatinG fins. fins.
None of the above apply. Perform investigation item 2.
2 Investigate the installation The grounding is incomplete. Correctly ground.
environment. Alarms occur easily when a Take noise measures for the
Is the grounding correct? certain device operates. device onthe left.
Are there any noise generatingNo particular problem. Replace the unit.
devices in the periphery?
IV-30
2. Troubleshooting
(15) AlarmNo. 140): TK unit change error

[MeaningJ The changeover signal procedurewas mistaken when using the TK unit.

Refer to the separate1 amplifier
1 2 motor specifications (BNP-A-
2993-22).
(10)Alarm No. 1411 : TK unit communication error

[Meaning] The communication between theTK unit and spindle drive unit was not correct when
using theTK unit.

1 Refer to the separate 1 amplifier
2 motor specifications (BNP-A-
2993-22).
(17)Alann No. 1441 : C axis changeover alarm

waning] When using the coil changeover motor,C axis control wascarried out with the H coil.
I 1 I CheckInvemtigation item I Investigation

results I . Remedy
.
I
changeover. Check the3H bit
0 is displayed.
the sequence for C axis
~-
D display for the control input Iis displayed.
I Issue the correct command.
(Check
sequence.)
the I
on the NC spindle monitor. remedv. I Perform investigation item2,
and I
II
2 Check the 3H bit D display for 0 is displayed. Replace the amplifier.
control output when the C axis
servo is ON. ~~ ~~~~~
II
3 Check the parameters. Valid. Invalidate.
Is the coil changeover valid for (The SPO34 [mkch] bit set
is to1.) (Set the SP034 [mkch] bit to0.)
sPecial motor specifications?
IV - 31
2. Troubleshooting
(18) Alarm No. : Motor overheat

[Meaning] The motor overheated and the thermal protector built-in the motor activated.
When this alarm occurs, it cannot

be released until the motor has stopped and the motor cooling fan has run
for 10 or more minutes.
I ~ ~
Investigation
~ ~
item
~~~~
I Investigation results
~~~ ~
I Remedy
Investigate the repeatability. Occurs immediatelyafter turning Perform investigation item
2,
power ON. and remedy.
Occurs several minutes after
operation starts.
a
Occurs after operating for Perform investigation item
5,
while. ~ and remedy.
2 I Tugthe speed detectorcable I
Is disconnected ( l o o s e ) . I correctlyconnect.
connector on the spindle drive ' No special problem. Perform investigation item
3,
unit tosee if it is disconnected. and remedy.
3 Check thespeed detector cable A connectiondefect is found. I Correctlyconnect.
connection.
Check betweenOHSl and

Connection is normal.
The resistance valueis several

I Perform investigation item
and remedy.
Replace the motor.
4,
OHS2 on the motor thermal 1O O n or higher.

protector with tester. Replace the spindle drive unit.
The resistance valueis several
1OSZ or lower.
Check the spindle load amount.The unit is started and stopped Decrease the starting stopping
frequently, or the cutting load is frequency or lower the load.
large.
6,
and remedy.
6 Check the motor cooling fan The motor cooling fan wiring is Correctly wire.
wiring and rotation. incorrect.
The wiring is correct but the fanReplace the motor.
does not rotate.
7,
and remedy.
7 Clean. The guard is clogged. Check the
motor cooling fan section. Replace the spindle drive unit.
No special problem.
2. Troubleshooting
(19) Alarm No. 1501 : Overload

[Meaning] The current flowed to the spindle motor exceeded the overload detection level (spindle
parameter SPO64: OLL) and continued longer than the overload detection time (spindle
parameter SP063: OLT).

Check the spindle parameters The values are not correct. Correctly set.
(spo34,spo40,sp055, sp257 The correct values are set. Perform investigation item2,
and following) setting values. and remedy.
Check the spindle parameters Set the standard value.
is notThe
set. standard value
(sp063,spo64)setting values. The standard value is set.
' Perform investigation item3,
and remedv.
Check theUVW wiring between
the spindle drive unit and motor.
1) Are the terminal screws
I1) The screws are loose. Correctly tighten.
loose?
2) Do the wires short-circuit 2) There is a short circuit. Replace the cable.
between phases?
3)Is there a ground fault in one is a ground fault. Replace the cable. 3) There
of the phases?
Open both ends of the cable There is no special problem. Perform investigation item4,
when checking2)and 3). and remedy.
Tug the connector to check if Is disconnected (loose). Correctly connect.
the detector connector Is not disconnected(loose). Perform investigation item5 ,
disconnected.
Turn thep o w e r OFF and check A connection defect or broken Replace the detectorcable.
the speed detector cable wire is found. Correctly connect. ~ ~~~
connection with a tester. Connection is normal. Perform investigation item6 ,

and remedy.
Check thespeed detector The waveformis not correct. Adjust so that it iscorrect.
waveform. (Refer to PageIV-38)
Replace the detector.
The waveform is correct.
and remedy.
Check the motor load amount. The load amount exceeds the Decrease the load to within the
motor rating. motor rating.
No special problem. Perform investigation item8 ,
and remedy.
Check the motor rotation. The motor is locked. Review the machine side.
2. Troubleshooting
(20) Alarm No. : Excessive

error
[Meaning] The position tracking errorwas over the specified value (excessive error width setting
value) in the orientation or position loop operation.
Excessive error width setting value
During
orientation
(SP102:OODR) : Standard
value
32767
(32767 pulses)
During C axis (SP154:CODRL, SP155:CODRH) : Standard value SP154:MCO,
SP155: 1 (120000 pulses)
Duringspindlesynchronization(SP186:SODR) : Standardvalue32767
(32767 pulses)
Duringsynchronous
tap
(SP218:TODR) : Standard
value
32767
(32767 pulses)

1 Investigate the repeatability. Occurs during orientation. Perform investigation item 2,
and remedy.
Occurs duringC axis. Perform investigation item7,
and remedy.
Occuis during spindie Perform investigation item 12,
synchronization. and remedy.
Occurs during synchronous tap.Perform investigation item16,
and remedy.
1
2 If the alarm occurs during OK if the bit 5 setting value is Change thebit 5 setting value.
encoder orientation, check the changed.
spindle parameter (SP097: NG even if the bit5 setting Return thebit 5 setting value to
SPECO) bit 5 setting value. value is changed. the original value, perform
investigation item3,and
remedy.
3 Check the spindle parameter OK if PGM and PGE are Change the setting values.
(SPOOI:PGM, SP002:PGE, doubled orif CSP is decreased
POO6: CSP) setting values. to half.
NG even with the above Perform investigation item4,
settings. and remedy.
4 Tug the connector to check if Is disconnected (loose). Correctly connect.
the detector connector (spindle 1s not disconneed (loose). Perform investigation item5 ,
drive unit side and and remedy.
positionkpeed detector sides)
is disconnected.
5 Turn the powerOFF and check A connection defect or broken Replace the detector cable.
the positionlspeed detector wire is found. Correctly connect.
cable connections with a tester. Connection, is
' Perform investigationitem 6,
and remedy.
6 Check thespeed detector The waveform is not correct. Adjust so that it is correct.
waveform. (Refer to Page IV-35)
The waveformis correct. Replace the spindle drive unit or
position detector.
Iv-34
2. Troubleshooting
Investigation item I Investigation

results I Remedy
Check the spindle parameter OK if the bit 5 setting value is Change the bit5 setting value.
(SP129: SPECC)bit 5 setting. changed.
NG evenif the bit5 setting Return the bit5 setting value to
value is changed. the original value, perform
investigation item8 , and
remedy.
Check the axis specifications OK if settina value is lowered. Change the setting value.
parameter rapid traverse and NG evenif the setting value is Return the setting value to the
cutting feed rate setting values. lowered. original value, perform
investigation item9, and
remedy.
Check the axis specifications Change the setting value.
parameter time constant setting
value. NG evenif the setting value is Return the setting value to the
increased. original value, perform
investigation item 10, and
remedy.
I
~
Check
parameter
spindle
the value.
setting
the
Change
(sPoo3:FGco, SP130 -
-
SP133: PGCI PGC4, SP165: NG evenif the setting value is Return the setting value to the
pG2c, SP166:PG3C) setting increased. original value, perform
values. investigation item1 1 , and
I remedy.
Check the other spindle is not set. Correctly set. The correct value
parameters sp166s No special problem. Replace the spindle drive unit or
SP257 and following) readjust or replace the position
detector.
Check the spindle parameter OK if the bit 5 setting value is Change the bit5 setting value.
(SP177: SPECS) bit 5 setting. changed.
NG evenif the bit 5 setting Return the bit5 setting value to
remedy.
Check the spindle parameter's OK if the setting valueis Change the setting value.
spindle synchronous time increased.
constant. NG evenif the setting value is Return the setting value to the
remedy.
Check the spindle parameter OK if the setting value is Change the setting value.
(SP010: PGS, SP189: PG2S, increased.
sp190:PG3S) setting values- NG even if the setting value
is Return the setting value to the
remedv.
Iv-35
- . .
2. Troubleshooting
Investigation Rem Investigation results Remedy

Check the other spindle 15 The correct value is not set. Correctly set.
IIparameter (SP1T7 to sP190,

SP257 and following) setting
values. I
No special problem. Replace the spindle drive unit or
readjust or replace the position
detector.
16 Check the spindle parameter OK if the bit 5 setting value is Change thebit 5 setting value.
(SP193: SPECT) bit 5 setting. changed.
NG evenif the bit 5 setting Return thebit 5 setting value to
remedy.
17 Check the spindle parameter's OK if the setting value is Change the setting value.
increased. spindle synchronous time
constant. NG evenif the setting value is Return the setting value to the
remedy.
18 Check the spindle parameter OK if the setting value is Change the setting value.
(SPOO9: PGT, SP221: PG2T, increased.
sp222: PG3T) setting values. ' NG even if the setting value is Return the setting value to the
remedy.
I ~ 19 1 Check theotherspindle I Thecorrectvalueisnotset. Correctly set.
Replace the spindle drive unit or
readjust or replace the position
I
I
I
values. I
I
detector.
The tracking error amount (droop amount) be cancalculated with the following equation.
If this value exceeds each excessive error width setting, this alarm
wil occur.
(4) The No. of pulses per rotation isas follows:

During C axis :360000
Other than the above : 4096
(*2) The spindlespeed during C axis is calculatedwith the following equation.
C axis feed rate ("/min)
Spindle speed (rpm) = 360"
2. Troubleshooting
(21)Alann No. ml
[Meaning] The pulse miss value was higher than the parameter set value
(SPI 14: OPER) when
orientation positioning was completed.
- lnvestiaation item Investigation

results
- I Remedy -
1 Is the speed detector cable The shield is correct. Correctly treat the shield.
shield correctly treated? The shieldis correct. Perform investigation item2,
- and remedy.
2 Is the encoder cable It is junctioned. Use one encoder cable.
junctioned? It is not junctioned. Perform investigation item3,
- and remedy.
3 Stretch and contract the The wire broken. Replace the cable.
encoder or speed detector The wire is not broken. Perform investigation item4,
. cable, and usea tester to and remedy.
- check for wire breakage.
4 Are theA, B and Z phase The waveformis deviated. Correctly adjust. Refer to the
waveforms of thespeed adjustment procedures (BNF-
detector correctly adjusted? 14052-01).
The waveformis correct. Perform investigation item 4,
and remedy.
(22) Alann No. to : Power supply error

[Meaning] An error occurred in the power supply.
Refer to the power supply
troubleshooting section.
(23) Warning No. : Overload

warning
[Meaning] The current flowed to the spindle motor exceeded the overload detection level (spindle
parameter SPO64: OLL) and the time exceeded 80% of the overload detection time
(spindle parameterSP063: OLT).
Perform the same investigation
and remedies as foralarm No.
I 11501- I I I
(24) Warning No. : NC emergencystop
weaning] The emergency stop command was input from theNC or an alarm occurred in another
servo axis or in the spindle.
1 Check whether the emergency Switch is ON. Turn OFF the emergency stop
stop switchis ON. switch.
Switch is OFF. Perform investigation item2,
and remedv.
2
I Performthesameinvestigation
and remedies as for alarm No.
IV - 37
2. Troubleshootins
2.5.2 When alarm or warning is not displayed on 7-segment unit
(1) Motor does not rotate even when an alarm

is not displayed.
Investigation Rem Investigation results Remedy

1 Check the wiring around the The wiring is incorrect. Loose Correctly wire.
power supply unit and spindle screws or broken wires are Tighten the screws.
drive unit. found. Replace the wires.
Also check for looseness in theNo special problem. Perform investigation item2,
terminal screws and for broken and remedy.
wires, etc.
2 Check the input vottage. The voltage exceeds the Restore the power to the
specified value. specified value.
The voltageis within the Perform investigation item3,
specified value. and remedy.
3 Confirm all spindle parameters. The correct valueis not set. Correctly set.
The correct value is set. Perform investigation item
4,
and remedy.
4 Confirm the input signals. The signal is not input or the Correct the input signals.
(Confirm on the spindle sequence is incorrect.
diagnosis screen.) The orientation commandis
Are the ready, forwardrun, input.
reverse run signals input?
The forward and reverse run No special problem. Perform investigation item
5,
signals mustbe input at least and remedy.
one second after ready ON.
The forward run and reverse
run signals may be turned ON
simultaneousty.
5 Confirm thespeed command. The speed command is not speed
Correctly input the
(Confirm on the spindle correctly input. command.
diagnosis screen.) The speed command is correctly Replace the spindle drive unit.
input.
(2) An alarm is not displayed but the motor only rotates slowly. The sound from the motor
is loud.
Investigationitem Investigation resutts Remedy

1 Check theUVW wiring between The wiring is not correct. Correctly wire.
the spindle drive unit and motor.
' The wiring is correct. Perform' investigation item2,
and remedy.
2 Confirm the input voltage. One of the three phases is not Restore the power to the
the specified value. specified value.
3,
and remedy.
3 speed command. Correctly
The speed command is not Confirm speed
the input the
diagnosis screen.) The speed command is correctly Perform investigation item
4,
input. and remedy.
2. Troubles hooting
I
~ ~~ ~~
Investigation item I Investigation results Remedy

I Is disconnected (loose). I
~~ ~~~~ ~
Tug the connector to check if connect.

Correctlv
*"peed detector connector Is not disconnected (loose). Perform investigation item5,
disconnected. I
Turn the powerOFF and check
the speed detector cable
connection with a tester.
Replace the detector cable.
connect.
Correctlv I
Connection is normal. Perform investigation item6,
and remedy.
Check thespeed detector The waveform is not correct. Adjust so that it is correct.
I The waveform is correct. Replacethespindledriveunit. I
(3) The commandedspeed and actual speed do not match.

1 Confirm thespeed command. The speed command is not Correctly input the speed
diagnosis screen.) The speed command is correctly Perform investigation item2,
input. and remedy.
2 Check for slips between the Slipping is found. Repair the machine side.
motor and spindle. (If the belt or Perform investigation item3,
dutch are connected.) No special problem.
and remedy.
3 Check the spindle parameters is not set. Correctly set. The correct value
(spas, spwo, spo17, sp257 The correct value is set. Replace the spindle drive unit.
and following).
(4) The start up time is long or has become longer.

Check if the frictiontoque has The torque has increased. Repairthemachineside. .
increased.
2,
and remedy.
Rotate the motor bearings
by The bearings do not rotate Replace the spindle motor.
hand tosee that theyare smoothly.
normal. The bearings rotate smoothly. Perform investigation item
3,
and remedy.
Check if the torque limit signal is The signal is input. Do not input the signal.
being input. (Check on the The signal is not input. Replace the spindle drive unit.
spindle diagnosis screen.)
IV - 39
." .
2. Troubleshooting
( 5 ) The motor stops during cutting.

1 Check the load amount during The load meter indicates a value
Decrease the load.
cutting. higher than 120% during cutting.
No special problem. 2,
and remedy.
2 Perform the Same investigation
and remedies as for item
(4).
(6) The vibration and noise (gear noise)is large.

Check the machines The same sound is heard duringRepair the machine side.
movement balance. free run.
(Free run from the max. No special problem. Perform investigation item 2,
speed.) and remedy.
~ ~~ ~~ ~~~~~ ~ ~ _ _ _ _
Check for a resonance point on

The vibration and sound Repair the machine side.
the machine. increases at a certain
speed
(Free run from the max. during free run.
speed.) No special problem. Perform investigation item
3,
and remedy.
Check the machine backlash. Backlash is large. Repair the machine side.
4,
and remedy.
Confirm the spindle parameter The phenomenon decreases Change the setting. Note that
(SP022: VGNPl, SP023: when the setting value
is the impact response will
VGNll, SPO56: PYVR) settings. lowered to half. decrease.
No change evenwith the above Return the setting value to the
settings. original value, perform
remedy.
Tug the connector to checkif Is disconnected (loose). Correctly connect.
the speed detector connector 6,
(spindle drive unit side and
and remedy.
speed detector side) is
disconnected.
Turn the powerOFF and check A connection defect or broken Replace the 'detector cable.
connection with a tester. Connection is normal. Perform investigation item7,
. .
and remedy.
Check thespeed detector The waveform is not correct. Adjust so that it is correct.
2. Troubleshooting
(7) The spindle coasts during deceleration.

1 Check for slips between the Slipping is found. Repair the machine side.
motor and spindle. (If the
belt or
clutch are connected.)
(8) The rotation is not stable.

Confirm the spindle parameter The stabilizes when the setting Change the setting. Note that
(SPO22: VGNP1, SP023: values are doubled. the gear noise may increase.
VGNI1) settings. No change even with the above Return the setting value to the
original value, perform settings.
remedy.
Tug the connector to checkif Is disconnected (loose). Correctly connect.
the speed detector connector Is not disconnected(loose). Perform investigation item3,
disconnected.
Turn thepower OFF and check A connection defect or broken Replace the detector cable.
connection with a tester.
Connection is normal. Perform investigation item4,
and remedy.
Check the speeddetector The waveform is not correct. Adjust so that it is correct.
The waveform is correct. Perform investigation item5 ,
and remedy.
Investigate the wiring and Grounding is incomplete. Correctly ground.
installation environment. Replace the spindle drive unit.
Is grounding properly No special problem.
performed?
IV - 41
.. .
2. Troubleshooting
(9) The motor speed does not rise above a certain speed.

Check the speed command. The speed command is not Correctly input the speed
[Confirm on the spindle correctly input. command.
diagnosis screen.) The speed command is correctly Perform investigation item 2,
Confirm whether the override and remedy.
input.
input on the machine operation
Dane1 is beina inwt.
~ ~~
Check whether the load has The load has increased. Repair the machine side.
increased suddenly. No special problem. Perform investigation item 3,
and remedy.
Check that the motor bearings The bearings do not rotate Replace the spindle motor.
can be rotated normally by smoothly.
hand. The bearings rotate smoothly. Perform investigation item 4,
and remedy.
Tug the connector to check if Is disconnected (loose). Correctly connect.
the speed detector connector Is not disconnected (loose). Perform investigation item 5,
disconnected.
Turn the power OFF and check A connection defect or broken Replace the detector cable-
connection with a tester. Connection is normal. Perform investigation item 6,
(Especially checkthe shield ~
and remedy.
wirina.)
Check the speed detector The waveformis not correct. Adjust so that it is correct.
2. Troubleshooting
2.6 Periodic Inspection
1. Always wait at least ten minutes after turning the power supply
OFF before starting maintenance
and inspection.
Failure to doso could lead to electric shocks.
2. Maintenance and inspectron must be done by a qualified technician. Failure to observe this could
lead to electric shocks. Contact your nearest Service Center or Service Station for repairs and
~ part
replacement.
The periodic inspectionis particularly important to ensure high-performance operation of equipment, and
trouble-free long useof equipment.
I To prevent major accidents, make sure the power is interrupted completely before starting the
inspection. Make sure that the CHARGE lamp on the power supplyisunit OFF.
2.6.1 Inspection of control unit
I NOTICE I
I Never perform a megger test (insulation resistance measurement) on the spindle amplifier control
circuit.
Check item I Frequency Check

1. Cooling fan Monthly (1) Rotate the fan shaft manually to check. Replace the fan.
(2)Turn ON the fan to check that the fan runs
powerfully.
(3)Check if abnormal sound occurs in
bearing.
2.Dirt and terminal Appropriate Periodically clean the areas around the
screw looseness interval amplifier, especially the cooling fan, and tighten
the inputloutput terminals and connections.
3.Wiring
I Appropriate
interval
Check that the wires are not contacting the
conductive parts and that they are not caught.
IV - 43
2. Troubleshooting
2.6.2 Inspection of motor
Frequency Check Remedy

1. Noise and Monthly OCheck if abnormal sound or intense Clean
vibration vibration occurs.
If abnormal sound or intense vibration occurs,
perform the following check:
(1) Check foundation and installation.
(2)Check shaft alignment.
(3)Check if vibrationis transmitted through
shaft coupling.
(4) Check if bearingis damaged or abnormal
noise occurs.
(5)Check if noise or vibration is caused by
reduction gear orbelt.
(6)Check control unit for condition.
(7)Check cooling fan for condition.
(8)Check belt tension.
2.Temperature Monthly 0 Check bearing temperature.
rise (Normal amb. temp.+ 10 to 40°C)
0Check motor frame temperature.
If temperature is high excessively, perform the
following check:
(1) Check cooling fan operation.
(2) Check cooling air passage (between frame
and cover).
(3) Check load condition.
.---------------------------
(4) Check control unit. Refer to2.5.
3. Insulation Every 6 0Check if insulation resistanceis excessively
resistance months low.
Disconnect the wiring with the spindle drive
unit, and measure the resistance between the
entire circuit and ground. (There is no problem
if the valueis 1MSL or more with a 500V megger
is less than
tester.) If the insulation resistance
1Ma, clean the inside of the motor and dry it
out. To dry, disassemble the motor and heat it
in a dryer at a temperature less than90°C.
Weekly, 0Check cooling fan for operation, abnormal
monthly noise and vibration.
3. Disassembly and Assembly of Motor
3. Disassembly and Assemblyof Motor

3.1 Disassembly and assembly of SJ type AC spindle motor
Cablesand PCB
Terminal box cover
/
_ _ Remove the coverof terminal
(1) /
box on the fan case.
(2) Disconnect the cables coming

from thepower panel.
a) 3 motor main leads
(U, V and W).
b) 2 cooling fanleads
(BU and BV). . _,(.
c) 2 thermal protector leads

(OHS1 and OHS2).
d) Mate plug of PCB 's
external connector.
Fan case'
PCB fixing pan head screw PCB

(3) Remove the external
connector fromthe mnnector
bracket.
Disengage the internal
connector.
(4) Remove thePCB fixing pan

head screws to remove the
PCB.
( 5 ) To assemble, perform the

steps inreverse [ (4) to (1) 1.
External connectorbracket connector

~~~~~l
i \'
Internal connector
'\ Leadprotectionpacking
L. . . -.
IV - 45
., .
3. Disassembly and Assembly of
Motor
Cooling fan
For typessmaller than frame
No.132
(1) Remove the hexagon socket

head bolts fixing the finger
guard.
(2) Remove the pan-head screws

at the centerof the cooling fan
to remove the fan.
(3) Cut the four fan leads.

Remove the pan-head screws
and drawout the fan motor
from the fancase. '
To assemble, perform the

steps in reverse[ (3) to (1) 1.
Fan motor
-- -
Fan
For types larger than frameNo. 160
(1) Remove 3 fan case mounting

hexagon socket headbolts.
Pull back the fancase to
remove the fancase together
with fan.

head bolts fixing the finger
guard.
IV - 47
.."_. ." .
(3) Cut the three cooling fan leads.

Remove the pan-head screws
fixing the cooling fan and draw
out the fanfrom the fancase.
(4) To assemble again, perform

[ (3) to
the steps in reverse
(1) I.
Cooling fan.
~ - , . - ......
Finger guard
--\\
Sensor and sensor gear

Disengage the sensor
(I)
connector (internal) from the
PCB in the terminal box.
(2) Remove the three fan

mounting hexagon socket
head bolts. Pull back the fan
case to remove the fan case
together with fan.
IV - 48
.-- -. ..
Remove thetwo pan-head Sensor bracket

screws fixing the sensor
bracket to remove the sensor Sensor \ \\
Sensor bracket mounting screw
bracket together with sensor.
(Take care to prevent hitting
\. "\\ /
the sensor against the sensor
gear.)
To adjust sensor position,
loosen the sensor fixing screw
with the sensor bracket held in
position and insert a thickness
gauge into the gap between the
Sensor and the Sensor gear.
Adjust the gap to 0.15i0.01.
After making sure that the
Sensor marking lines are
aligned with each other, tighten
the Sensor fixing screwto
secure the Sensor in position.
(Refer tothe figure on the
right)
\\
Apply lock paint to the sensor Sensor gear
fixing screw and the sensor I
I
bracket mounting screws.
When the Sensor is put into the
fan c a s e , arrange the sensor
leads properly to prevent
Sensor lead from being
wedged.
(7) To remove the Sensor gear,

screw eye bolts (M8) into the
screw holes and usinga screw
removing tool, rotate the bolt Match marking lines
with a wrench, etc. Then,
remove.
(8) To install the Sensor gear again,
it must be shrinkage-fit at a
temperature within 100°C to
150°C.
Note that an excessively high
temperature may cause
distortion to the gear.
IV - 49
-
Bearinns
Apply sealing
compound. Bracket fixing bolt
Remove the bearing case
cover fixing screws and the
bracket fixing hexagon socket
head bolts and remove the
bracket on the opposite drive
side.
When the bracket on the
opposite drive side is installed
again, apply sealing compound
to the fittingsurface.
Bearing case cover fixingscrew
(3) To remove the bearing on the

opposite drive side, remove the I^\ --- --e
shaft stop ring and apply a

bearing remover.
The bearing can be removed
together with the shaftcase
cover.
f
1
I
i
/
Shaft stop ring

drive side, apply a bearing
remover to the innerring of
bearing andturn the handle of
bearing remover.
IV - 50
( 5 ) To install bearing onto shaft, all fitting surfaces should Press here.
be thoroughly cleaned and smoothed.
(6) Apply grease to bearing bore surface and shaft.

Put a pipeon the bearing inner ring and carefully depress
the bearingwith a press machine.
k Bearing
pipe
Installation with press machine
(7) If press machine is not available, lightly hammer the to

pipe
drive.
Use care not to hammer the outer ring of bearing.
I Pipe Bearing
I
Installation withhammer
IV - 51
.*-
<Confirmation of motor built-in encoder (speed detector) waveform>

The waveform mustbe confirmed and adjusted before running the motor after disassembly and
reassembly.
Theexplanationhere is forthemotorwithoutthe Z phase. Refer to the separate ADJUSTMENT

PROCEDURES (BFN-14052-01) when using the Z phase.
1. PCB volumelayoutdrawing
Check terminals
PA : A phasesignal
PB : B phasesignal
AGA : Ground
Volume
VRI : A phase 0 position adjustment
vR2 : A phase gain adjustment
VR3 : B phase 0 position adjustment
VR4 : B phase gain adjustment
2. Confirmation method
(1) Set the spindle parameter SP038 (SFNC6) Fbitto "1" and turn the NC power OFF and ON.
(Enter the open loop.)
( 2 ) Input the forward run command, and gradually raise the motorspeed to 1800rpm.
(3) Measure theA and B phase waveforms with a synchroscope.
(4) Confirm that the waveformis as shown below.If not as shown below, adjust with VRI to VR4.
( 5 ) If the waveform cannot be adjusted with VRI to 4, readjust the gap between the sensor and
gear teeth.
1) If voltage level does not decrease below
i1.6V: Increase the gap
2 ) If voltage level does not increase above
& .4V:
I Decrease the gap
(6) Next, reverse run the motor and measure the waveform at 1800rpm.
( 7 ) Set the SP038 (SFNCG) bittoF"0"after completing the confirmation and adjustments, and turn
the NC power OFF andON.
A phase B phase B phase A phase

Voltage M
-1.55 -1.63
A phase/B phase output signal waveform A phase/B phase output signal waveform
during forward run during reverse run
3. Disassemblv and Assemblyof Motor
3.2 Disassembly and assembly of SJ-N type AC spindle motor
Cables and PCB

terminal
the
Remove
(1) box cover Terminal box cover
on the topof the fancase.
(2) Disconnect the cables and
leads coming from the power
control box.
3 motor main leads
(U, V and W).
2 cooling fan leads
(BU and BV).
2 thermal protector leads
(OHSl and OHS2).
Mating plug to external
connector of PCB.
Fan case
(3) Remove the external PCB fixing pan head screw PCB
connector from the connector t‘
I
bracket. Disengage the

internal connectorfrom the
socket.
(4) Remove the PCB mounting
pan- headscrews to remove
the PCB.
( 5 ) To assemble, perform the
steps in reverse [ (1) to (4) 1.
For details, see (6).
! Lead protection,
- -. packing
IV - 53
(6) Mounting of the PCB
Method: Fix with two bolts together

with the case. Connect
the sensor connector.
Connect the output cable
Caution:totheamplifier. Do not
allow the motor power
cable to contact the
bottom of the amplifier. J
The motor cableis under the amplifier. The motor cable protrudes from the amplifier.
3. Disassemblv and Assemblyof Motor
For frameNo. 90
(1) Remove two hexagonsocket

-/--
head bolts used to secure the
cooling fan.
The cooling fan canbe
removed fromthe fan case
assembledwith finger guard.
(2) To reassemble, perform step

(1) in the reverse order.
IV - 55
, 1 1
For frame No.112

head bolts used to secure the
finger guard.
(2) Remove the pan-head screws

at the center of the cooling fan
to removethe fan.
Cut the four fan leads of the

cooling fan which are
connected inside the terminal
box.
Remove the pan-headscrews
used to mount the fan motor
assembly and draw out the fan
motor from the fan case.
(4) To reassemble, perform steps

(1) to (3) in the reverse order.
Fan -motor
..
a Sensor and detection drum

(1) Disengage the Sensor
connector (internal) fromthe
PCB in the terminal box.
(2) Remove the threefan case
fixing hexagon socket head
screws.
Pull back the fan case to
remove the fan case together
with the coding fan.
(3) Remove two pan-head screws Fixing screw for installation

used to fix the sensor bracket
and the Sensor bracketcan be
removed togetherwith sensor.
(Take care to prevent hitting
the sensor against the
detection drum),
IV - 57
(4) Mounting the sensor
Conditions:
Position with the SensorV-type base
side and the motor base positioning
ring protrusion.
Preparation:
Clean (air blow) the sensor block
mounting face (motor base) and the
sensor V-type base side.
Method:
with bolts
Lightly fix the Sensor block
(so that the block can be moved.)
Tighten the boltso that the Sensor
block is pressed against the mounting
face andso that theV-type base side
contacts the motor base positioning
ring as shown in the figure.
Caution:
Take careso that the sensor base
of
does not slip from the tightening
the bolts.
Do not apply strength to the flexible
plate.
( 5 ) Apply lock paint to the sensor

fixing screw and the sensor
bracket fixing screws.
(6) When the sensoris put into the

fan c a s e , arrange the Sensor
leads properly inside the
terminal box to prevent sensor
lead from being wedged.
(7) Removal of the drum
removal jig.
Caution: The removed drum
To remove the detection drum,

an eye bolt is screwed into the
screw hole (M8 screw), and the
removing bott is removed using
a remover while tuming with a
spanner, etc.
(8) Installation of the drum
Condition:
Heat
fitting
(heatedtemperature: below 150°C)
Method: Confirmthatthedrumisatthespecifiedtemperature.
Hold the drumwith leather gloved hands and quickly insertit.
Caution:There mustnot be a magneticfield of over 50G insidetheheatingdevice.
Cotton gloveswill slip.
~ Confirmation: Is thedrumcompletelyinserted?
IV - 59
_.& . .
Bearings
Apply
sealing
compound.
Bracket
fixing bolt
(1) Remove the bearing case
cover fixing screws and the
bracket fixing hexagon socket
head bolts and remove the
bracket on the opposite drive
side.
(2) When the bracket on the
opposite drive side is installed
again, apply a sealing
compound to the fitting
surfaces.
opposite drive side, remove the

C type shaftstopringandapply I
Bearingcasecoverfixingscrew
a bearing remover.
Turn the removingbolt with
spanner and the bearing can
be removed together with the
shaft case cover.

drive side, apply a bearing
remover to the inner ring
of
/
Shaft stop ring
bearing and turn the handleof
bearing remover.
IV - 60
( 5 ) To install the bearing onto the shaft, all fitting surfaces

I
should be thoroughly cleaned and smoothed.
(6) Apply grease to bearing bore surface and shaft.

Put a pipe on the bearing inner ring and carefully I &
Press here.
pipe Bearing
depress the bearing with a press machine.
Installation with press machine
( 7 ) If press machineis not available, lightly hammer the pipe to drive the bearing in.
Use care not to hammer the outer of the bearing.
ring
I
Bearing Pipe
Installation with hammer
IV - 61
___5_ ... ”
4. Installation of Orientation Position Detector

4.1 Magnesensor I-point orientation
4.1.1 Magnet and sensor
The sensor generatestwo types of voltage signals as shown in Fig.

6.1.
Direction of Rotating
disk rotation
plate
.
Amplifier
output
+8-
i +sv ;
1-1 7 h
Between CN6 (7)to (17 )
8
Fig. 6.1 Sensor Output Voltage
MS signal : Signal voltage output isOV when the centerof magnet comes to the sensor head, and
maximum at both ends of the magnet.
Spindle is stopped with this signalOV. at
(Note that the target voltagewill fluctuate a max.of & 2.5V depending on the position shift
setting.)
LS signal : Signal voltage is constant within the magnet zone (width).
This signal is used to verify that spindle remains stopped within the magnet zone.
IV - 62
4.1.2 Orientation of magnet and sensor head
The magnet and sensor head should be installed in the specified orientation.
Standard type
High speed standard type
............. The center reference hole of magnet and the reference notch
of sensor head should come to
the same side.
m,
m,
Refer to1- and [UNACCEPTABLE EXAMPLE11.
High speed miniature type
.._..........The reference notch of sensor head should be positioned in reference with polarity
S)(N.
of
magnet.
,14-1
Refer to 1- and [UNACCEPTABLE EXAMPLE21.
High speed ring type
............. The reference notch of sensor head should be positioned in reference with(N.polarity
S)of
magnet.
-I,
Refer to 1- and [UNACCEPTABLE EXAMPLE31.
1-1 Magnet is installed on the circumferential surface of rotating disk.

(Circumferential mounting)
The center reference hole of magnet and the reference notch of sensor head should come
to the opposite drive side of the spindle, as shown below.
n Reference hde d'-l
Reference
'111
notch View from "A'
Magnet is installed on circumferential surface of rotating

disk.
IV - 63
y u c -
Magnet is installed on the front

or back flat surface of rotating disk.
(Flat mounting)
(1) Whenthemagnetisinstalledonthe (2) Whenthemagnetisinstalledonthedrive

opposite drive side of spindle, the reference side of spindle, the reference hole of magnet
holeofmagnetandreferencenotchofandreferencenotch of sensorheadshould
sensorheadshouldfaceinward,asshownfaceoutward,asshownbelow.
below.
Reference
notch
Reference
hole n
View from "B"

Reference
Yp-c
Reference
hole
Reference
hole
Reference
notch
notch View from "C"
MagnetisinstalledontheoppositedriveMagnetisinstalledonthedriveside.
side.
13 - 1 1-1
In regard to , the magnet and sensor head canbe changed to the following
position as long as the reference hole and reference notch are aligned. With this, normal
orientation canbe carried out.
(However, the parameter SP097SPEC0 magnesensor detection polaritybit mustbe
changed in this case.)
n
Reference hole
Reference natch
[UNACCEPTABLE EXAMPLE1 I
If the magnet reference hole and sensor head reference notch are not aligned; intense vibratio
will occur when the sensor head is at end of magnet (orientation is impossible.)
Reference hole
Ref&ence notch
Magnet is installed on the circumferential surface

of rotating disk.
(Circumferential mounting)
The sensor head reference notch should be on the opposite drive side and the magnet
should be installed in the polarity shown below.
Drive side
Opposite
drive side
notch View from ,,A,
Magnet is installed on the circumferential surfaceof rotating disk.
15 - 1 As long as the relation between location of the sensor head reference notch and the polarity
of the magnet are aligned, the sensor head and the magnet can be installed as shown
below in , and
normal
orientation
can
be
carried
out.
(However, the parameter SP097 SPEC0 magnesensor detection polarity bit must be
- Opposite
drive side Drive side
notch
View from “A’
notch
IUNACCEPTABLE EXAMPLE 21
If the sensor head reference notch is not alianed DroDerlv in reference to of the maanet,
Dolarity
intense vibration occurs when the sensor head is at the end
of the magnet, and orientation is
imoossible.
Opposite drive side Drive side
Drive side
U
-
T
notch View from “ A ‘
Reference notch
In this example, polarity(N, S)of magnet is inverse

to that in 1-1 .
IV - 65
. ..
1-1 The sensor head reference notch

is on the opposite drive side
of spindle and the polarityof
the magnetis as shown below.
n Opposite
drive side Drive side
Drive Opposite
drive side
T
Referen
notch View from “ A
Reference notch
A
(CASE1 As long as the relation between location of sensor head reference notch and the polarity
of
the magnet are aligned, the sensor head and the magnet can be installedbelow as shown
in
1,- and normal orientation canbe carried out.
(However, the parameterSP097 SPEC0 magnesensor detection polarity bit must be
n Opposite
drive side
‘li Reference notch
b A Reference notch
V i from “A”
\UNACCEPTABLE EXAMPLE31
W
V i from “ A
In this example, polarity(N, S)of magnet is inverse to that in 1- .

4.1.3 Caution on installation of magnet

When the magnet is installed to the spindle, pay attention to the following:
Do not place a strong magnetic source near the magnet.
Carefully handle the magnet, avoiding mechanical shock to the magnet.
Secure the magnet to the spindle with appropriate screws.
For appropriate screws, refer to the drawing showing the outside view of magnet in the Page
IV-69.
After the magnet is installed, balance the entire spindle.
Align the center of the magnet (between N and S) with the center line of the rotating disk and make
sure the orientation of the magnet and sensor head is as indicated4.1.2in1-1 to 1-1
(Page IV-60 to IV-63).
Keep the magnet clean and keep the peripherals free of iron particles and cut chips (iron particles
may cause malfunction).
Apply lock paint etc. to prevent mounting screw from becoming loose.
If the magnetis installed on a ground rotation disk, demagnetize the disk.
Diameter of rotating disk on which the magnet (other than ring is type)
installed should be within the
range from 80mm to 120mm.
(10) If speed of the spindle exceeds 6000rpm, use a high speed type, high speed miniature or high
type
speed ring type magnet.
(11) For details of high speed ring type magnet, refer to the relevant description in IV-69.
the Page
4.1.4 Caution on installation of sensor head

When the sensor is
installed, pay attentionto the following:
Install the sensor head in accordance with 1-

4.1.2 1-
to (Page IV-60 to IV-63).
Align the center lineof the sensor head with the center
of magnet.
The gap between the magnet and the sensor head are listed in1 Tableto Table3.
1-1
When a standard type magnet is installed in accordance with or 1-, refer to
Table 1.
When a highspeed standard magnetis installed in accordance with 1- or ,1-1refer
to Table 1.
,1-
When a standard magnet is installed in accordance with refer to Table2.
When a high speed standard magnetis installed in accordance with,1- refer to Table2.
When a high speed miniature magnet is installed in accordance1 -with
1 or ,1- refer
to Table 3.
For highspeed ring type magnet, refer to the outside view in the Page
IV-69.
* When magnets are mass-produced, it is recommended to prepare jigs for production.
For connector used in the amplifier, BKO-C1810 type is oil-proof, but BKO-C1730 is not. It is
recommended to place the connector in an oil-free location.
The cable between the amplifier and the controller should be laid down away from high voltage
cables.
Check the connector wiring, securely engage the receptacle and tighten connector lock screws.
IV - 67
. ,
-p I
T MO 3
MO 3
Direction f rotation
z
FaceA \ permis!
f i
Magnet
Table 1
BKO-Cl810H03 BKO-Cl730H06
Standard High speed standard
Radius (R)mm Max. gap mm Min. gap mm Max. gapmm Min. gap mm
40 11.5f 0.5 2.7f 0.5 10 f 0.5 1.22f 0.5
50 9.5f 0.5 2.8f 0.5 8 f 0.5 1.31 f 0.5
60 8.5f 0.5 3.0f 0.5 7 f 0.5 1.5f 0.5
70 8.0k 0.5 3.4f 0.5 7 f 0.5 2.38f 0.5
Table 2
BKO-Cl810H03 BKO-Cl730H06
Standard High speed standard
Radius (R)mm Gap mm Gap mm
40 6 k 0.5 5 f 0.5
50 6 k 0.5 5 f 0.5
60 6 f 0.5 5 & 0.5
Table 3
BKO-CI730H09 High speed miniature
Radius (R)mm Max. gapmm Min.gap mm
40 6.25f 0.5 3.3f 0.5
50 6.0f 0.5 3.7f 0.5
60 5.75f 0.5 3.85f 0.5
* .
70 5.5f 0.5 3.87 0.5
IV - 68
4.1.5 Types and outside dimensions of magnesensor
For oriented spindle stop, the following combinations of amplifier, sensor and magnet
are available.
Permissible Combination
Type Model
speed [RPMI Amplifier Sensor Magnet
Standard 0 to 6000 MAGSENSOR BKO-C1810H01-3 H01 H02 H03
High-speed
standard
I 0 to 12000 I MAGSENSOR
BKO-C1730H01.2.6 1 H01 I H02 I H06 I
High-speed
miniature
I 0 to 12000 I MAGSENSOR BKO-C1730H01.2.9 I
I
H01 I
I
H02 I
I
H09 I
High-speed ring 0 to 25000 MAGSENSOR BKO-C1730H01.2.11 I H01 I H02 I H41
High-speed ring 0 to 25000 MAGSENSOR BKO-C1730H01.2.12 H01 H02 H42
High-speed ring 0 to 30000 MAGSENSORBKO-C1730H01.2.13 H02 H01
H43
High-speedring I 0 to 30000 I MAGSENSOR BKO-C1730H01.2.14 1 H01 I H02 I H44 1
Note: Combination of amplifier, sensor and magnetis possible within thesame modelgroup (C1810 or
C 1730).
Outside dimensions:
0 Amplifier HOI
-+
onnedor (controllercable side)

Sensor : TRCl16-21A10-7M
(sensor
Connector side) Cable : TRC116-12Al
O-7F10.5
For BKO-Cl810H01, RWR-8F is used.
For BKO-Cl730HO1, TRC116-21A10-7F is used.
0 Sensor HO2
Reference
Connector
For MKO-C1810H02, R04-P-8M is used.
For BKO-C1730H02, TRCl16-12A10-7M
is used.
IV - 69
Magnet
Pennissi-
ble speed Outline drawing
[RPMI
0 to 6000
0 to 12000 p2+a.3 peference hole
2.
7.5
Weight: 4W 1.!3g
Mounting screw: M4 screw
Weight: 14.8k 0.79

0 to 12000
Mounting screw: M4 screw

0 to 25000 Spun ring 4-F screw
RI-
0 to 25000
Sen
notch /-
Reference
Polarity (N,S) is indicate ontheside w a l l ofcase.
Sensor head should be installed so that the reference
'
notch of sensor head comesthe oncase side.
Refer to page82 and followingfor details.
Magnet Unit: mm
Type
BKO-C1730Hll
0 to 30000
BKO-C 1 730H
12
BKO-C1730H13
BKO-C1730H14
Caution on installation of H41-44

1. Tolerance to shaft dimension shouldbe "h6'.
2. 2-0Gholes can be used for positioning of spindle
and magnet.
3. Magnet shall be installed as shownto the left.
0 to 30000 4. Misalignment between sensor head and magnet
center line shallbe within Qmm.
5. NS is indicated on the cover sides. Assembleso
Installation of magnet that
the
sensor
head's
reference
groove
comes to
the case side.
IV - 70
4.2 Encoder orientation (4096 points)
4.2.1 Configuration
N/C
Spindle
IV- 71
4.2.2 Outside dimensions
Encoder model Tolerable rotation

Encoder (1024P/rev) RFH-1024-22-1M-68 6000 rpm
RFH-1024-22-1M-68-8 8000 rpm
Name plate
\ +
1.153
Key dimensions
Connector
Encoder: x
Controller cable:
MS3106A20-29S
135
Unit: mm
1chB C M
5. Contour Control (C-axis Control)Encoder
5. Contour Control (C-axisControl) Encoder

5.1 Separate stand-type encoder
5.1.I Name : OSE90K+1024BKO-NC6336H01
5.1.2 Outside dimensions

109=
4-M4,6mm deep
Caution label
1
Ti-
*
I
4 onnector
Encoder: MS3102A20-29P
Controller cable:MS3106A20-29S (user should prepare this connector)
Note 1. The max. encoder speed must be set to

6,000rpm or less.
Note 2. The dimensional tolerances that are not
indicated are +0.5mm.
Detailed viewof shaft end
5.1.3Connectors
(1) Connectorside: MS3102A20-29P Controller cable side: MS3106A20-29S
(2) Connection(Notsupplied)
Signal output Remarks

-
1ch 1024 CTT A B phase E B phase
2ch 1 Crr Z phase phase
-
3ch 90000 Crr C D phase D phase
4ch 1 Crr Y phase phase
IV - 73
(.- . . ".
5. Contour Control (C-axis Control) Encoder
Function
Ich A phase
. ~ p
2ch Z phase
~~
C l c h B phase
I
D I I
I E I CaseGND I
I I
I G I 3ch D phase I
I I
I
I T I 4ch phase
ov
Admitted electrical speed is 166 rpm for signal in 3 channel (C, D phases, , b phases)
5.1.4 Mechanical specifications
(1) Rotationalcharacteristics
a.
Inertia : Max. 100 gcm2
b. Shaft frictional torque : Max. Ikpcm
c. Shaft angular acceleration : Max. 10 rad/sec2
d. Permissible max. speed : 7,030 rpm
(2) Mechanicalconstruction
a. Bearing : Reoiling
not
isrequired
for 100,000 hr of operation
at
2,000
rpm,
and
20,000 hr of operation at 6,000 rpm.
b. Shaft
runout : Max.
0.02mm at 15mm from shaft end
c. Permissible load : 10 kg (5 kg during operation)
in
thrust
direction
20 kg (10 kg during operation) in radial direction
Weightd. : Max. 2 kg
e. Error in perpendicularity of flangesurfaceagainst shaft 1 Max. 0.05 mm
f. Eccentricity
flange
engagement
in : Max. 0.05 mm
(3) Environment
a. Operating temperature range : -5°C +55"C
b. Storage temperature range : -20°C +85"C
c.
Humidity : 95%PH (at45'C) for 8 hours
d. Vibration : 5 to 50 Hz, 1.5 mm full amplitude,30 min. for eachaxis
e. Mechanicalimpact : 30G,1Imsec., I O times for each axis
5. Contour Control(C-axis Control) Encoder
5.1.5 Handling, installation and operationof encoder
1. Installation of encoder
It is recommended that flexible coupling be used to connect the encoder to the spindle shaft to
secure the encoder life and performance.
(1) Installation accuracy

Runout and misalignment in encoder connection should be within the following accuracy.
(2) Recommendedcoupling
Example I Example 2
Manufacturer TOKUSHU SEIKO EAGLE
Model Model M1 FCS38A
Resonance frequency 1,374 Hz 3,515 Hz
Error in position detection 0.8 X deg. 1.2 X deg.
Permissible speed 20,000rpm 10,000 rpm
I Eccentricity 0.7 mm 0.16 mm
Misalignment Angular 1.5deg.
1.5 deg.
displacement
Outside Max. length 74.5 mm 33 mm
dimensions M=. diameter 057 mm 038 mm
For details, refer to the relevant catalog.
2. Cable
A CAUTION
When manufacturing the detector cable,
do not mistake the connection. Failure to observe this
could lead to runaway of the encoder, andto injuries.
In order to assure the maximum performance

of encoder, note thefollowing:
IV - 75
5. Contour Control (C-axis Control) Encoder
(1) Power supplyof encoder should be more than14.5V1 .

1) Use larger wiresfor +5V and OV lines.
2) Use two or more wires for +5V and OV lines.
3) Use a cable as short as possible.
@ and @,
(2) In the connector(MS3106A20-29S) on the encoder side, short-circuit between pins
-
or @ . (Use a short wire of 0.75 sq. 1.25sq.)
3. Others
(1) The encoder is a precision device, so take care not to apply strong shocksit.to
(2) Mistaken wiring may cause trouble. Confirm the connector name and pin Nos., etc., before
wiring.
5.2 Built-in encoder
5.2.1 Model: MBE-9OK
Refer to theMBE-9OK (built-in C axis encoder) SPECIFICATIONS

MANUAL [BNP-A299341].
5.2.2 Model: MHE-9OK
Refer to the MHE-9OK (built-in C axis encoder) SPECIFICATIONS MANUAL [BNP-A2993-44].

IMDS-NB-SP (HI parameters I Note:Theparameterswithnosettingarehandledasstandardsettings.
User ( )I Type ( )I Spindle

amplifier
(-SP- motor
), Spindle (SJ- ) 4
-
Standard Standard Standard
Class Setting
01 I
01 I
SP068 VIGWB 0
SP069 VlGN 0
.-
5 SP038 SFNC6 I SP070 I FHz I 01 I
E SP039 ATYP I SP071 I I 01 I
SP072
.-
g SP041
PTYP SP073
SP042
CRNG SP074
SP043 TRNG 0 SP075 0
I SP012 I TRANS SPO44 0 SP076 FONS 0
SP077 TDSL 14
t
11
I 1 6i
w SP078 0
cI SPOl5 I 01 I
4
i 4
I SP017 I TSP I 6000 I I 20
S618 ZSP ~
SPO19 CSNl
SP020 SDTS I SPO84 1 I 01 I
SP021 TLMl SP085
SP022 VGNPl 63 SP086
12
SP057
SP090 VGHl 60
SPO91 OFSN 0
I-Sx[ 1 i I 1
SP031
SP032
GRB2
GRB3
GRB4
SP062
110
SP093
Class Name Abbr.
Standard
setting
Abbr. Name
Setting Class
Standard
setting
Setting Name I Abbr. I Standard
setting
I
Setting
.-
ca
I SP321 I RPML I 0000 I I
1 I 1 0 01 I
8
SP323
NPL
d
NBL SP324 OOOO SP356
VPWML
Y SP322 NRL
U5 SP325 NFL 0000 SP357
Y,
E SP326 PML OOOO SP358
~~
SP359 1 ~~
I OOOol
SP360 0000
SP297 0000 SP361 0000
SP298 0000
SP299 0000 SP363 I I ooool
SP300 0000
I
SP302 I NICNT I 0000 I I
0000 SP303 NlCT - SP335 KDlL OOOO SP367 I I OOOOI
NCSN 0000 SP336 KQPL 0000
0000 SP305 NWR1 SP337 KQlL
0000 NWR2 SP338 IDSML SP370 0000
~1
SP307 NWR3 0000 SP339 IQSML SP371
I ooi 1
SP308 NEVO 0000 SP372
SP309
I SP310
I SP311
NEVl 0000
/spy2/
I SP341 I KVQSL I
SP343
TMLRL
TMLDL
OOOOl I SP373
SP374 I
sp375 1
I
I
OOOol
OOOol
I SP312 SP344 TMLSL
I SP313 SP377 EDOL 0000
I SP314 SPO 0000 SP378 SPOL oooo
I~ ~ 3 1I %SBS I ooool I SP379 SBSL oooo
I SP316 I SIQ I ooool I SP380 SlQL oooo
SP317 DPO 00o0 SP381 DPOL oooo
SP318 DBS oo00 SP382 DBSL oooo
k
P 3
E 1DIQ I ooool I SP383 DlQL OOOO
I SP320 I BSD OOOol SP384 BSDL OOOO

Return to Library Maintenance Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Return to Library Maintenance Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Return to Library

This Manual is published to assist experienced personnel on the operation, maintenance

Do not attempt to operate or perform maintenance / repair on the machine without a

• AFTER CONTROL POWER IS TURNED ON

THE LOCKOUT PROCEDURE THAT FOLLOWS IS INTENDED TO SAFEGUARD PERSONNEL &

NOTE: USE OF THE FOLLOWING LOCKOUT PROCEDURE IS MANDATORY WHEN COMPLETING

WELL AS THE LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODE

INCOMING POWER WIRING.

PLEASE SEE THE ADDITIONAL CAUTIONS ON

A step-down transformer is optional on some machine models. Be certain to

MAKE SURE TO SET THESE PARAMETERS ACCORDING TO CHUCK SPECIFICATION

FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THESE INSTRUCTIONS COULD RESULT IN DAMAGE TO

DO NOT REMOVE, DISCONNECT, BYPASS OR MODIFY ANY LIMIT SWITCH, INTERLOCK,

FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THESE INSTRUCTIONS COULD RESULT IN DAMAGE TO

MACHINE OPERATOR DOORS AND COVERS ARE DESIGNED TO WITHSTAND

NEVER USE A CUTTING TOOL OR TOOL INSERT THAT EXCEEDS MACHINE

FOR COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS, MAKE SURE TO REFERENCE OPERATION,

FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THESE INSTRUCTIONS COULD RESULT IN DAMAGE TO

FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THESE INSTRUCTIONS COULD RESULT IN DAMAGE TO

- CUTTING CONDITIONS SUGGESTED BY THE MACHINING NAVAGATION FUNCTION

- CUTTING CONDITIONS FOR TOOLS THAT ARE SUGGESTED TO BE USED BY THE

FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THESE INSTRUCTIONS COULD RESULT IN DAMAGE TO

CLOSE MANUAL No Limitation. No Limitation.

SWITCH PANEL for M640M (Machining Center)

SWITCH PANEL for M640MT/T (Turning Center)

RETURN TO: MAZAK Corporation

Thank you for purchasing the Mitsubishi numericcontrol unit.

Precautions for safety

F l When a dangeroussituation may occur if handling is mistaken

When a dangerous situation may occur if handling is mistaken

Note thatsome items described as 1- may lead to major results depending on

Changes in terminal names

1. Electric shock prevention

Wait at leastI O minutes after turning the power

with Class 3 grounding or higher.

A Wiring and inspecbon

A Do not touch the switches this could lead to electric shocks.

(0,0).Failure to observe this item could lead to ruptures

Do not stack the products above the tolerable number.

Do not hold the cables, axis

Do not hold the front cover when transporting the servo

Do not get on top

Always observe the installation directions.

Do not block the intake

The servo amplifier and servomotor are precision devices,

Storage humidity 90% RH or less

A Always install the servomotor with reduction gears

When coupling to a servomotor shaft end, do not apply an impact

A signals such asthe brake signalor contactor, do

is instructed in the connection diagrams, always ground the cable

(3)Trial operation and adjustment

a so that the operation can be stopped and power shut

A odors are generated from the

A Never make modifications.

Always turn the input power OFF when an alarm occurs.

The capacityof the electrolytic capacitor will drop due to deterioration.

Do not perform a megger test (insulation resistance measurement) during inspections.

Do not short circuit Do not deform, heator

A Treat this unit as general industrial waste.

/c\ Do not disassemble the spindle motor or spindle amplifier.

A Dispose of the battery according to local laws.

(8) General precautions

Low heat generation